Home

2007 Sentra Owner`s Manual

1. 1 27 Child restraint installation using the seat DellS secadewkenicaveenaeucadeeeoarteeeanneaud 1 30 POCSicl Sedlocaciget acces eheccar EEES ee 1 36 Precautions on booster seatS 0 0008 1 36 Booster seat installation 0000 c eae eee 1 39 Supplemental restraint system susen erranen 1 41 Precautions on supplemental restraint SUSIE E E esac EEEE en wpe eee neue 1 41 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 56 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 56 SEATS Sit upright and well back AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly See Precau tions on Seat Belt Usage later in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FRO
2. 22 22000 2 34 Interior trunk lid release 3 23 ISOFIX child restraints 1 24 J Jump Starigo se eos o ee Erm amp Be 6 8 K Keyfob battery replacement 8 25 Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 3 16 Without Intelligent Key system See remote keyless entry system 3 6 Keys Except Intelligent Key 3 2 Keys For Intelligent Key system 3 3 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 13 C M V S S certification label 9 12 Emission control information label 9 12 Engine serialnumber 9 11 F M V S S certification label 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 2 ee ee 9 10 Warning labels for SRS 1 56 Language setting 204 4 5 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 005 1 24 License plate Installing the license plate 9 13 Light Air bag warning light 1 56 2 12 Brake light See stop light 8 28 Bulb check instrument panel 2 8 Bulb replacement 8 28 Charge warning light 2 9 Fog light SWICH as s sacra a saui 2 21 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 19 Headlight control switch 2 19 Headlights a s amp 4 ak Mw A wk amp wees 8 27 Interior light 224 sauna tau aue ou 2 34 Light DUDS ii os a cede a g ees 8 27 Low tire pressure warning
3. A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn the air conditioner off See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting The air recirculation button should always be in the OFF posi tion for heating and defrosting Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 11 Defrosting Defogging Air recirculation button Air recirculation button Fan control Air passed through heater Air flow contro dial Temperature contro dial Air conditioner button Air flow control Temp control HOT RIGHT Bi level Heating Fan control 4 12 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems control dial Air recirculation button Air recirculation button Air passed through heater Air flow control dial Temperature control dial Air conditioner button Air flow control Temp control HOT RIGHT Heating Air passed through heater Temperature Air flow contro dial control dia Air conditioner button button Air recirculation Fa
4. For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Fastening the seat belts Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 2 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 3 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat belt and the rear three point seat belts have a locking mechanism for child restraint installation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode or child restraint mode When automatic locking mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted Once retracted the seat belt is in the emergency locking mode See Child restraints later in this section for more information The a
5. Rear seat P 1 3 Sunroof P 2 32 Interior lights illuminated entry sunroof switch if so equipped P 2 34 P 2 19 P 2 32 Sun visors P 3 26 Inside mirror P 3 27 Glove box P 2 27 Cupholders P 2 26 Parking brake parking on hills P 5 18 P 5 22 Front seat P 1 2 Front console P 2 27 Rear armrest cupholders P 1 7 P 2 26 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 0 6 ELI 4 in Ma a 1 Q e z C VA E g a Bi 26 25 24 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 19 Manual shift paddles if so equipped P 5 13 Steering wheel switch for audio control and Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem if so equipped P 4 35 4 37 Illustrated table of contents pt eee 3 4 D 6 e Driver s supplemental air bag Horn P 1 41 2 22 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Instrument brightness control P 2 21 Cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 19 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 18 Storage bin if so equipped P 2 23 Audio system P 4 15 Center ventilator P 4 6 Passenger s supplemental air bag P 1 41 Control panel display if so equipped P 4 2 Side ventilator P 4 6 Engine oil pressure gauge if so equipped P
6. 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SEAT BELTS A fy Va f f a E Sit upright and well back PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appro priate in a child restraint 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly AWARNING Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Nev
7. The air recirculation feature is available only on those vehicles equipped with air conditioning On position Indicator light on Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle Press the button to the on position when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment formaximum cooling when using the air con ditioner Off position Indicator light off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compart ment and distributed through the selected outlet Use the off position for normal heater or air con ditioner operation Air conditioner button if so equipped The button is provided only on vehicles equipped with an air conditioner Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and push the A C button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light comes on when the air conditioner is operating To turn off the air conditioner push the A C button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window defroster switch For more information about the rear window de froster switch see Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets and outboard vents 1 Push the butt
8. WPDO291 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 WPD0381 Door lock switch LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH if so equipped To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition and any door open all doors will lock and then unlock auto matically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidently locked inside the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the unlock position the door can be opened from the outside or the inside When the lever is in the lock position the door can be opened only from the out side
9. You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 Technical and consumer information 9 25 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system Component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Turn the ignition switch ON without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready con dition drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you 9 26 Technical and consumer information AWARNING Always drive the vehicle i
10. TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 5 26 Starting and driving 3 Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support Ashovel to dig the vehicle out of snowadrifts Extra window washer fluid to refill the reser voir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be s
11. five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information 4 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 5 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the 4 button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the MQPF button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the 22 button on the steering wheel For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phone Book Memo Pad Setup When you press and release the 4 button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking You can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is
12. section As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is
13. Technical and consumer information section of this manual You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ke O E C P c O p L 5 5 Oe co oa x lt rr O O O m Yn Ao O Q x o gt O x of lt Of 26 L V cq ot ON oo2od s 0 oE L 6 SOLD a OQ oo Os lz ro O O I 5 gt S35 00T Soot Op gfL zonam o c cL o5 o0 w DDS LE ano2 AGGA enero noe oWwwWwmOmrOotuerwda N Ge O gt NG T UOONOO IN TAN iY Jas wd A Y TANCZ ST Ai G a _D Nn es E U e eS _ te en ac v N Og A jy SY ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself QR25DE engine 1 Engine coolant reservoir 2 Engine oil filler cap 3 Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reservoir M T model 4 Battery 5 Air cleaner 6 Fuse Fusible link box 7 Radiator cap 8 Engine oil dipstick 9 Drive belt location 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The anti freeze solution contains rust and corros
14. You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights a
15. ger the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SHOULDER BELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT Front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position 2 so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoul der belt anchor into position 1 21 AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment b
16. 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 RE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 19 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player Cannot play If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Files with extensions other than MP3 mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications 5 P i Check if the disc is scratched or dirty oor sound qualit iai Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the Music cuts off or skips iat i a specification
17. 1 Pushthe button onthe Intelligent Key 2 The hazard warning lights flash once 3 Pushthe button again within 1 minute to unlock all doors All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the button Opening any doors Pushing the ignition switch Inserting the mechanical key into the ignition switch The interior light illuminates for 30 seconds when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by performing one of the following op erations Turning the ignition switch to the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the remote controller Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Releasing the trunk lid Push the button for longer than 0 5 sec ond to open the trunk lid The trunk release button will not operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pushing and holding the 20 button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0 5 second The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds The panic alarm stops when jit has run for 25 seconds or any button is pushed on the Intelligent Key 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjust
18. 3 Continue to hold gt while the panel moves in a jogging motion to the full tilt position When the panel reaches the full tilt position it will back up a little and stop 4 Release gt i 5 Within 5 seconds of completing step 4 press and continuously hold lt gt After a delay of 5 seconds the panel will move from the tilt position to the open position and back to the close position 6 Release gt Do not disconnect the power for at least 2 seconds The sunroof is now restarted instruments and controls 2 33 NOTE If D is released anytime during the re starting process all learned profile data will be discarded and the procedure will have to be started over If the sunroof still does not operate properly have the sunroof system checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer Auto reverse function when closing or tilting down the sunroof The auto reverse function can be activated when the sunroof is closed or tilted down by automatic operation when the ignition key is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the sunroof oc curs A WARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have thei
19. 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM models without Intelligent Key system if so equipped It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn the interior lights on and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends on the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob e Do not allow the keyfob to become wet e Do not drop the keyfob Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer 1 om LPDO209
20. Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has als
21. Note You must press the f lt button or the MODE button within 5 seconds to change the language Current language MODE Press ama PHONE SEND PHONE END to select to select Press 4 amp Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 41 5 If you decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Pairing procedure NOTE The pairing procedure must be performed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Main Menu Setup A Pair Phone New Phone Initiate from handset Name phone E Assign priority Choose ringtone G 1 Press the amp button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Say Setup The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Pair phone The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands 4 Say New phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate pairing from the phone handset The pairing procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instruc tions on pairing
22. Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system lf the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that Is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO724 LATCH system anchor locations LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHERS FOR CHILDREN SYSTEM LATCH Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH compat ible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint The LATCH an
23. backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could oc cur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the _ vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER AWARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents A CAU
24. dentally locked in the trunk lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 When all doors are locked and the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk the outside buzzer will sound and the trunk will open HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating distance de pends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless entry function will not func tion under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range When the doors or the trunk are open or not closed securely When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged A CAUTION When locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments A CAUTION After locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles Locking doors 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion 2 Close all doors Push the button on the Intelligent Key The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once All doors will be locked WPD0360 Unlocking doors
25. eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region 9 4 Technical and consumer information Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing m
26. pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident AWARNING The spare tire should be used for emer gency use only It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first oppor tunity to avoid possible tire or differen tial damage Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and the original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time e Do not tow
27. 5 9 Steering Power steering system 5 23 Tilting steering wheel 3 26 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 35 Stop hight i is aie Ge ee eS EGS oR 8 28 DIO ase a 8 ae eee ee Ge eee aS eS 2 23 Storage Way sa s 404 aaea a neha de d 2 24 Sunglasses case 2 25 2 27 Sunglasses holder 2 25 2 27 OUNIOOL a ia m k Ge oe a8 bok OR a 2 32 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 56 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 56 2 12 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 49 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 56 Precautions on supplemental restraint SVSIGM ss a6 am wet wm ew 1 41 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system 1 41 Supplemental side and curtain side impact air Dag SYSTERN s s ears oe ok hs ee ew A Y 1 53 Switch Automatic power window switch 2 31 Fog Night SWitChis s sa soeu sosai 2 21 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 22 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 19 Headlight control switch 2 19 ignition SWIHCH lt eat o oo iy ee wc a 5 6 Power door lock switch 3 5 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIC e toe cute Re ae ee eo eS 2 19 Turn signal switch 2 21 T Tachometer aie ae a a 2 4 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 16 3 2 5 9
28. API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals c
29. Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens A CAUTION Never use benzene thinner or any simi lar material on the interior surfaces or surface damage may occur Such dam age is not covered under the NISSAN warranty Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover FLOOR MATS The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they be come excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid driver s side only This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for
30. Fade Balance Speed Sense Volume if so equipped Beep ON OFF Language Audio or OFF Bass To adjust Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the AUDIO button until the desired mode appears in the display Press the TUNE button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the TUNE button to adjust Fader and Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the SSV mode to OFF LEVEL1 to LEVELS press the TUNE button left or right To change the Beep to ON or OFF press the TUNE button left or right This will enable or disable the beep sound heard during menu se lection To change the Language to English or Fran ais press the TUNE button left or right Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO button re peatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Otherwise the radio or CD display will automati cally reappear after about 5 seconds CLOCK DISP display button Pressing the CLOCK DISP display button will show text information about CD or SAT satellite if so equipped in the audio display CD display mode To change the text displayed while playing a CD with text press the CLOCK DISP button The CLOCK DISP button will allow you to scroll Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 25 through CD text
31. HOOD 1 Pullthe hood lock release handle 1 located below the instrument panel until the hood springs up slightly 2 Locate the lever 2 in between the hood and grille and push the lever sideways with your fingertips 3 Raise the hood 8 4 Remove the support rod and insert it into the slot on the underside of the hood 5 When closing the hood first return the support rod to Its original position Slowly move the hood down to latch the lock Push the hood down to lock the hood securely into place 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments AWARNING Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood TRUNK LID AWARNING Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Ex haust gas in the Starting and driving section of this manual Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys WPD0390 Driver s side TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCH The trunk lid release switch is located on the
32. HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors 1 Close all windows 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close the hood trunk lid and all doors 4 Push the button on the keyfob All the doors lock The hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked Q The horn may or may not beep once Refer to Silencing the horn beep feature later in this section for details lf adoor is open and you push the button the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard lights will not flash LPDO210 Unlocking doors Push the M button on the keyfob once Only the driver s door unlocks The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition key in any position except the ON position The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the switch is in the center O position with the ignition key in any position except the ON position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 Pushthe button on the keyfob again within 5 seconds All doors unlock The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the ignition and tu
33. NISSAN recommended cel lular phones When prompted for a PIN code enter 1234 from the handset The PIN code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed 5 The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is paired and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again 4 42 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 6 The system asks you to assign a priority level F The priority level determines which phone is active when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle Follow the instructions provided by the system or refer to Setup later in this section for more information on changing priorities 7 The system will ask if you would like to select a custom ring tone Follow the instruc tions provided by the system or refer to Setup later in this section for more infor mation on selecting ringtones Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call A Number speak digits Dial 1 Pressthe 4 amp 4 button on steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say the number you wish to call 8 For example 555 1212 can be said as
34. Neutral However the steering wheel will be locked unless the ignition switch is turned to the ON position This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged To push the shift lock release complete the fol lowing procedure 1 Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover as shown 4 Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push down 5 Move the shift selector lever to the N Neu tral position while holding down the shift lock release 6 Turn the key to the ON position to unlock the steering wheel Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the trans mission as soon as possible AWARNING If the selector lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunction ing stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Overdrive O D OFF switch When the O D OFF switch is pushed with the selector lever in the D Drive position the light in the instrument panel illuminates See Overdrive off indicator light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Use the Overdrive off mode when you need im proved engine braking To turn off the Overdrive off m
35. PARKING ON HILLS AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park for CVT models or in an appropriate gear for manual transmission models Fail ure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and re sult in an accident Make sure the shift 5 22 Starting and driving 1 lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Firmly apply the parking brake Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse posi tion When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever in 1st gear Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models Move the shift selector lever to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline It is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB 4 Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb H
36. System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as five NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function 1 Two Intelligent Keys 2 Mechanical keys inside Intelligent Keys 3 Key number plate INTELLIGENT KEYS if so equipped Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intel ligent Key system components and NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System components
37. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain side impact air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain side impact air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the supplemental side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain side impact air bag inflate quickly in order to help protect the front and rear outboard occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The supplemental side
38. Three way catalyst 6 ee 5 2 Tilting steering wheel 3 26 Tire Pla be 4 2 o 8 haa e AOR Behe Be 6 2 Spare tire 2 6 4 8 41 Tire chains s s 2 03 wae a oe he ao ws 8 38 Tire placard 5444054454 a0 5 4 9 12 Tire pressure 2 2 eee eee 8 31 Te POISON ca tw rerai eieaa 8 38 10 6 Types of tires 2 204 8 37 Uniform tire quality grading 9 24 Wheels andtires 8 31 Wheel tire size nanoa oaaae 9 8 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 11 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Top tether strap child restraint 1 26 Towing Flat TOWING s Sem g a doo ak 2 he ee 9 23 Tow trucktowing 6 11 Towing load specification 9 20 Trailer towing 4 4 oe 8 Oe oH ew A 9 17 Transmission Continuously Variable Transmission CVT HUG amp ee ee oe oe ae ee oe 8 13 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 0 4 5 11 Driving with manual transmission 5 16 Selector lever lock release 5 15 Travel See registering your vehicle in another country 0000 45 9 10 THD DOUNON a s o oo 4 8S A ee ee we 4 3 Trip odometer ee bee we eee we 2 4 Tip tMe r aea eee eee eee Bo 4 4 Trunk access through the rear seat 1 4 1 5 Trunk lid lock opener lever 3 23 THIRKAIGOE a a 640s Be eons OE a E 2 36 Tum Signal SWIC a s lt au acd eee amp
39. Variable Transmission CVT models with the front wheels on towing dollies or when towing manual transmission models with the front wheels on the ground Turn the ignition key to the OFF po sition and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ig nition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism Move the gearshift lever to the N Neutral position When towing Continuously Variable Transmission CVT or manual trans mission models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies Always release the parking brake VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle Front Do not use the hook to tow the vehicle A WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged In case of emergency 6 13 A CAUTION Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main structural members of the vehicle or the towing hooks if so equipped Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow the vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle Never pull the vehicle
40. a beep sound is heard 4 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band Cur rently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 Station name such as The Groove Music or programming type such as Clas sical Country or Rock Artist and song information If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed Compact disc CD changer operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing To insert the disc first press the but ton If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play 4 32 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems If the system has been turned off while the com pact disc was playing pressing the POWER button will star
41. aaa 9 5 Engine serialnumber 9 11 Engine specifications 9 7 Starting the engine 5 9 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 6 Event datarecorders 9 27 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Eyeglass case 2 25 2 27 E Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 22 FAFU s csaa a eo ee eo 6 2 Floor mat positioning aid 7 5 Fluid Brake fluid x s a a6 eS Hee a ae 8 13 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 4 se aw wae os 9 2 Clotehn Tid 2 2 4 2 6 0 a a oe ae a 8 14 Continuously Variable Transmission CVD fluide or Sete ah eo A do em a 8 13 Engine coolant 2 cc a ew aw wd ww ed A 8 8 Engine Ol si e a a cc we me Ow ho a 8 9 Window washer fluid 8 14 F M V S S certification label 9 12 Fog light SWitOh s 4 su e a s on a wm i 2 21 Folding rearseat 1 3 1 4 1 5 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system Front seats Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 04 Fueleconomy 6 eee eee Fuel gauge Fuel octane rating Fuel recommendation Fuel filler doorandcap Fuel filler door lock opener lever Fuel consumption gauge Fuel economy setting Fuses Fusible links ea S he eRe Bee eed Engine coolant temperature gauge Engine oil pressure gauge Fuel consumption gauge Fuel gauge Odometer 00
42. air bags and curtain side impact air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START posi tions After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A WARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system This is to prevent acci dental inflation of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system Tampering with the supplemental side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For exa
43. and the CD remains on that track CD AUX Auxiliary button The AUX jack is located on the CD player The AUX audio input jack accepts any standard ana log audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP8 player or laptop computers Press the CD AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX jack 4 28 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 CD EJECT Whenthe button is pressed with the com pact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When amp button is pressed while the com pact disc is being played the compact disc will eject and the system will turn off CD IN indicator CD IN indicator appears on the display when the CD is loaded with the system on 11 Station and CD select 1 6 buttons 12 SEEK CH FILE button 13 RADIO button 14 CD AUX button 15 PRESET A B C button No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the RADIO button is pressed unless op x tional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satel lite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER if so equipped F F A POWER fi Fi r M I For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions earlier in this section No satellite radio rece
44. and the MP3 CD remains in that folder CD AUX Auxiliary button The AUX jack is located on the CD player The AUX audio input jack accepts any standard ana log audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop computers Press the CD AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX Jack 4 CD EJECT Current Selected disc Press the button then press the slot number 1 6 for the desired disc The compact disc will be ejected If no slot num ber 1 6 is pressed the current loaded disc will be ejected Also if the ejected disc is not removed within 15 seconds the disc will reload All discs Press and hold the amp button for more than 1 5 seconds The compact discs will be ejected one by one If a disc is not removed within 15 seconds or the amp button is pressed again during the eject sequence the entire disc eject sequence will be can celed When this button is pressed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played CD IN indicator The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate if CDs have been loaded into the changer in CD mode only 4 34 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Never touch the surface of the disc e Always place the discs in the storage case when the
45. as follows Track number and Track time gt Album title Song title Track number displays the track number se lected on the disc Track time displays the amount of time the track has played Album title displays the title of the CD being played Song title displays the title of the selected CD track Display satellite radio display mode if so equipped To change the text displayed when listening to satellite radio if so equipped press the CLOCK DISP button The CLOCK DISP button will scroll through the broadcast information as follows Channel number gt Category name Channel name Artist name gt Song title Channel number displays the channel num ber of the selected satellite radio station Category name displays the category name of the selected satellite radio station Channel name displays the channel name of the selected satellite radio station Artist name displays the name of the artist host or weather condition of the selected satellite radio station Song title displays the song title show name or temperature of the selected satel lite radio station Clock operation Pressing the CLOCK DISP button displays the clock with the radio on or off Press the CLOCK DISP button again to turn off the clock display For additional information on setting the clock see Adjusting the time earlier in this section pause mute button To mute o
46. brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed Starting and driving 5 11 To move the selector lever Push the button A while depressing the brake pedal ES Push the button A to shift gt _ Shift without pushing button Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift selector lever from P Park to any of the desired shift positions 5 12 Starting and driving AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the key is turned to the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any drive position the shift selector lever cannot be moved to P Park Additionally the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and be removed from the ignition switch If this occurs perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Turn the key to the ON position 3 Depress the foot brake pedal 4 Move the shift selector lever to P Park or N Neutral to
47. cause the power steering system to overheat You may hear a sound when the steering wheel is operated quickly However this is not a malfunc tion If the power steering warning light PS illuminates while the engine Is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the power steering warning light illumi nates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steer ing effort is required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds For additional information see Power steering warning light in the Instruments and controls section BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brakes and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to preve
48. discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key system s operat ing range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION PRECAUTION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking e Do not push the door handle request switch the key out of your pocket or bag with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you illustrated The close distance to the door can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system handle request switch within the range of opera to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli on gent Key is outside the vehicle After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely lock
49. e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury IN CABIN MICROFILTER if so equipped The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the trim panel near the accelera tor pedal Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using
50. en gine 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 7 Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance WDI0521 WDI0597 is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn peo engive QR25DE engine 8 Start the engine and check for leakage A Oil filler cap A Oil filler cap around the oil filter Correct as required Oil drain plug Oil drain plug 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 oilfit oilfit minutes Check the oil level Add engine oll if il filter il filter necessary CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT FLUID AWARNING Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 Do not mix with other fluids Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 will damage the CVT which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty When checking or replacement is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing The specified CVT fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compart ment BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacitie
51. from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models with the multiport fuel injection MFI system the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is Off A CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the
52. fusible links in holders A and see a NISSAN dealer LDIO593 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the sunglasses holder 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself an x Pull up on the sunglasses holder to remove Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block If the fuse is open replace it with an equiva lent good fuse If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Install the sunglasses holder BATTERY REPLACEMENT If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry e The operational range of the keyfob extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle This range may vary with conditions FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void t
53. gear in sequence according to vehicle speed To back up lift up on the shift lever ring and then move it to the R Reverse position after stopping the vehicle completely The shift lever ring returns to its original position when the shift lever is moved to the N Neutral position If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R Reverse or 1 1st shift into N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R Reverse or 1 1st Suggested upshift speeds The following are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions the weather and individual driving habits GEAR CHANGE MPH km h 1st to 2nd 8 13 2nd to 3rd 17 27 3rd to 4th 25 40 4th to 5th 36 58 5th to 6th 51 82 Suggested upshift speeds The following are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions the weather and individual driving habits GEAR CHANGE km h MPH 1st to 2nd 13 8 2nd to 3rd 27 17 3rd to 4th 40 25 Ath to 5th 58 36 5th to 6th 82 51 Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested s
54. general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new v
55. have activated load limiters allow the seat belt to release web bing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest If any abnormality occurs in the pre tensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light amp will not come on will flash intermit tently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition key has been turned to the ON or START position In this case the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 SRS Front Air Bag Warning Labels 2 SRS Side Air Bag Warning Label SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front air bag and supplemental side air bag systems are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag and pre tensioner seat belt sys tems The circuits monitored by the supplemental air bag warning light are the diagnosis sensor unit crash zone sensor satellite sensors fr
56. if this mo tion is rapidly done the second shifting may not be completed properly When canceling the manual shift mode Press the manual shift mode button to return the transmission to the normal driving mode Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving perfor mance and reduces the chance of ve hicle damage or loss of control Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may shift up automatically to a higher range than selected if the en gine speed is too high When the ve hicle speed decreases the transmis sion automatically shifts down The transmission shifts to M1 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a com plete stop When accelerating again it is necessary to shift up to the desired range When the CVT fluid temperature is ex tremely low the manual shift mode may not work and automatically shift as a drive mode This is not a malfunction In this case press the manual shift button off and drive for a while and then reactivate the manual shift mode When the CVT fluid temperature is high the shift range may upshift in lower rom than usual This is not a malfunction Shift lock release lf the battery is discharged the shift selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the shift selector lever release the shift lock The shift selector lever can be moved to N
57. in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer DRIVE BELT ae ea MR20DE model Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor Water pump Generator 4 SDI1979 LDIO592 QR25DE model Crankshaft pulley Automatic tensioner Water pump Generator Air conditioner compressor AWARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly oe i a T Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts or fraying If the belt is in poor condition have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs if so equipped It is not necessary to replace platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service platinum tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re gapping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 AWARNING Be sure
58. light 2 11 Low washer fluid warning light 2 12 Passenger air bag and status light 1 50 Security indicator light 2 14 Spotlights See map light 2 35 Trank lights amp se aaoi aoa a ee amp 2 36 Warning indicator lights and audible reMINdErS o s c s ra sa toara eae 2 8 Lights Map lig tS sss 4 5 fu e 8a e g we eas 2 35 Lock Child safety rear door lock 3 6 DoorlockS estrarana rinnad 3 4 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 24 Glove box lock 2 27 Power doorlocks 2 a os 4 2 baw ows 3 5 Trunk lid lock opener lever 3 23 Low fuel warning light 2 11 Low tire pressure warning light 2 11 Low washer fluid warning light aa aa 2 12 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 14 10 4 M Maintenance General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 22 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Malfunction indicator light 2 13 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Manual windows aaa aaa 2 32 Map light 6 8 eae a hs ot ee a 2 35 Map pocket 00 00048 2 23 Meters and gauges 4 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 21 Mirror Inside mirror 2 ee a 3 27 Outside mirror control 3 27 Vanity IOP ie saw oe we ee ele we 3 2
59. lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out When towing a trailer transmission fluid should be changed more frequently For additional information see the Mainte nance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward Technical and consumer information 9 23 e DO NOT tow any continuously variable transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Do ing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis sion parts due to lack of transmission lubrication For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Continuously Variable Transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with a continuously variable transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufac turer s recommendations when using their prod uct Manual Transmission Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral e After towing 500 miles 805 km start and idle the engi
60. of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driv ing and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or per formance problems resulting from modi fications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design without notice and with out obligation IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause dea
61. or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from 3 To return the head restraint to the normal 4 Fold down seat backs See Interior trunk playing and becoming locked in the position push down 1 and release then access if so equipped in this section trunk where they could be seriously in rotate up until in position jured Keep the car locked with the rear AWARNING seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo access to car keys area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Center armrest if so equipped Pull the armrest down until it is horizontal WRS0133 HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of your ears To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower push and hold the lock k
62. outside temperature Low outside pressure warning light OFF If you have parts antenna etc on the windows This temperature can lower the temperature of a flat tire replace it gin a spare 1e as may cause poor reception of the signals the air inside the tire which can cause a cee as possible See AS us Hie ine from the tire pressure sensors and the lower tire inflation pressure This may cause In case of emergency section for TPMS will not function properly the low tire pressure warning light to illumi changing a flat tire nate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pres sure for all four tires 5 4 Starting and driving Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle If a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device ma
63. path Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the re straint in place The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH System or a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident A CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint lower anchor system referred to as the Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System or LATCH Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these lower anchors For details see the Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH later in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used See Child restraint installation using the seat belts later in this section In general child restraints are also designed to be installed with the lap portion of a lap shoulder seat belt
64. phones or listen to the list again Once you chose to delete a phone or all phones the system asks you to confirm this action NOTE When you delete a phone the associated phone book for that phone will also be deleted Select ringtone F Use the Select Ringtone command to select the tone heard in the vehicle when an incoming call is received Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 47 The system announces the name of the active phone and asks you to choose from the following commands Ringtone The system plays a ringtone and asks if you would like to select that tone If you say no the system plays the next ring tone available and continues to cycle through the ringtones until you select one or quit Silent The system asks you to confirm your wish to disable the ringtone Bluetooth off Use the Bluetooth Off command to turn off the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System When the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem is off you will not be able to make or receive calls using NISSAN Voice Recognition Also you will not have access to the Phone Book You can still use the Memo Pad and access Setup SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve rec ognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored i
65. play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 CD Compact Disc with MP3 Terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the sample
66. quickly through the channels press and hold either the lt or gt button i Gi SEEK tuning button Press the SEEK button M or gt I for less than 1 5 seconds to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stop at the next broad casting station SCAN tuning button Press the SCAN button to stop at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop scan tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station Ifthe SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds scan tuning moves to the next station PRESET A B C Station memory opera tions 18 stations can be set for the FM AM and SAT satellite if so equipped radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of FM AM or SAT stations 1 Choose preset bank A B or C using the PRESET A B C select button 2 Select the desired FM AM or SAT station band 3 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 4 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data infor
67. rearrange the trailer load so it is bal anced as described earlier in this section Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass ing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes Down shift the transmission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes To maintain engine braking efficiency and electrical charging performance do not use overdrive Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually Do not use cruise control while towing a trailer Some states or provinces have specific regulations and speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When stopped in traffic for long periods of time in hot weather put the vehicle in the P Park position When launching a boat don t allow the wa ter level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper Make sure you disconnect the trailer
68. refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 14 1 2 gal 12 1 8 gal 55 0 MR20DE and QR25DE except Spec V Unleaded gasoline with an oc tane rating of at least 87 AKI RON 91 1 QR25DE Spec V only Unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rat ing of at least 91 AKI RON 96 1 Engine oil 6 Drain and Refill With oil filter change MR20DE 4 qt 3 3 8 qt 3 8 QR25DE 4 1 2 qt 3 3 4 qt 4 3 Engine oil with API Certification Mark 2 Without oil filter change MR20DE 3 7 8 qt 3 1 8 qt 3 6 Viscosity SAE 5W 30 2 QR25DE 4 1 4 qt 3 1 2 qt 4 0 Cooling system MeSH Ol MR20DE 1 7 8 gal 1 1 2 gal 7 0 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent QR25DE 2 gal 1 5 8 gal 7 6 50 Demineralized or distilled water Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid Genuine NISSAN CVT fluid NS 2 3 Manual transmission gear oil ELF XT4447 M 75W 80 or API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 80 Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 or API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 4 QR25DE Brake and clutch fluid Refill to the proper level according to the in structions in the Maintenance and do it yourself section 7 Multi purpose grease Air conditioning system refrigerant Air conditioning system oil Windshield washer fluid NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base HFC 134a R 1
69. seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Always fasten the connector tongue and the seat belt in the order shown Always make sure both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt Do not use it with only the seat belt tongue attached This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop 1 17 Stowing the rear center seat belt e If the rear center seat belt connector When folding down the rear seat the center seat and the seatbacks are not secured in belt can be retracted into a stowed position as the correct position serious personal follows injury may result in an accident or sud den stop Q Hold the connector tongue so that the seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle Release the connector tongue by inserting a suitable tool such as key into the connector buckle 2 Retract the seat belt up to the retractor base 3 Insert the seat belt connector buckle into the fabric sleeve to stow AWARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat e When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Attaching t
70. starts to play Vv A TUNE Rewind or Fast Forward button When the TUNE button or iS pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while rewinding or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed v A SEEK button When the SEEK button amp is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track follow ing the present one starts to play from the begin ning Press the SEEK button amp several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD advances 1 additional track The track number appears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When the SEEK button is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press the SEEK button several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back 1 track RPT SCAN button When the RPT SCAN button is pressed while the compact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows RPT TRACK gt MIX DISC Normal RPT TRACK The track that is currently playing will be repeated MIX DISC The order of the tracks on the disc will be mixed during play RPT SCAN CDs button Press and hold the RPT SCAN button for more than 1 5 seconds to scan through the first 10 seconds of a track on the compact disc The SCAN ico
71. switch indicator light if so equipped ABS warning light if so equipped if so equipped BRAKE or Brake warning light am Low windshield washer fluid warning light or IO Front passenger air bag status light if so equipped Charge warning light The inside of the storage tray can get hot Do not place objects inside which can melt or be easily deformed AWARNING Keep the tray lid closed while driving to help prevent contents from becoming pro jectiles causing injury in an accident or during a sudden stop STORAGE TRAYS AWARNING Do not place sharp objects in the trays to help prevent injury in an accident or sud den stop INSTRUMENT PANEL STORAGE if so equipped To open the storage tray push and release The storage tray will automatically move to the open position 2 24 Instruments and controls WIC1033 Type A SEATBACK POCKETS if so equipped The seatback pockets are located on the back of the driver s and passenger s seats The pockets can be used to store maps Type B LIC1116 SUNGLASSES HOLDER Pull the lid down to open the sunglasses holder Instruments and controls 2 25 A CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an acci
72. the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs lridium tipped spark plugs if so equipped It is not necessary to replace iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service iridium tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap ping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for assistance AIR CLEANER HHT o iH if A ET NHL e UTT 4 gt OTLEY NI gt if LDIO541 Type A The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housing and the cover with a damp cloth To remove the air cleaner filter push the tabs and pull the unit upward WDI0596 Type B A WARNING
73. the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Fastening the seat belts 1 19 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor 2 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 3 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The rear three point seat belts have a locking mechanism for child restraint installation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode or child restraint mode When automatic locking mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted Once retracted the seat belt is in the 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system emergency locking mode See Child restraints later in this section for more information The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen
74. the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance Is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it
75. to prevent load shift while driving Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure the load is balanced side to side Check your hitch trailer tire pressure ve hicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Technical and consumer information 9 21 Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor mance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadvert ently becoming unlatched Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel
76. we we ae BS 2 10 2 A Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 4 4 4 e x ay we a we es 2 19 Dimensions and weights 9 9 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 21 Display controls see control panel buttons 4 2 Distance to empty aa oaoa a eee 4 3 Door loGkS s eoma 05482 wee eee es 3 4 Door open warning soaa aae 4 6 Door open warning light 2 9 Drive belt 2 ee ee ee 8 16 Driving Cold weather driving 5 25 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 0 5 11 Driving with manual transmission 5 16 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E ECONOMY fuel 2 4 0 0 s ae 2 amp ou amp wes a 5 21 Emission control information label 9 12 Emission control system warranty 9 25 Engine Before starting the engine 5 9 Capacities and recommended tuel lubricants lt s sor a s ow a hw bw eo 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 9 Changing engine oil 8 11 Changing engine oil filter 8 12 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Checking engine oil level 8 9 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Engine cooling system 8 8 ERIC ON cs oy Se ee i Bad 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 10 Engine oil viscosity aoaaa
77. wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these ef fects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Re fer to Wheels and tires in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact
78. with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up 9 22 Technical and consumer information Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so A CAUTION If you move the shift selector lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur 1 Apply and hold the brake pedal 2 Have someone place blocks on the downhill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels 3 After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks ab sorb the vehicle load 4 Apply the parking brake 5 Shift the transmission into P Park 6 Turn off the engine To drive away 1 Start the vehicle 2 Apply and hold the brake pedal 3 Shift the transmission into gear 4 Release the parking brake Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks Apply and hold the brake pedal Have someone retrieve and store the blocks When going down a hill shift into a lower gear and use the engine braking effect When going up a long grade downshift the transmission to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine over loading and or overheating If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high te
79. your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of
80. 00 eee Speedometer 0085 Tachometer a 8 5 6 00 2 eae oe He RA Trip odometer oak dace we wen General maintenance Glove DON aaa arkea dae hee Ga bas Glove box lock Hands free phone system Bluetooth 4 37 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 22 Head restraints 2 0000s 1 7 Active Head Restraint 1 8 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 19 Headlight control switch 2 19 Headights sa soree saantara 8 27 Heater Heater and air conditioner controls 4 7 Heater operation 4 9 Hood release aoaaa eee a eed 3 22 PONa goo etn Gods E ee E 2 22 l IGnition SWICK s a 4 eo i o a a a a 5 6 Immobilizer system 2 16 3 2 5 9 Important vehicle information label 9 12 In cabin microfilter 0 8 19 Increasing fuel economy 5 21 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders s ss aars we Mm oe he eH 9 8 Inside MINOT s s s a sec ee Gee Sad oe 3 27 Instrument brightness control 2 21 Instrument panel 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 21 Intelligent Key system aoaaa aaa 3 10 Key operating range 3 11 Key operation ooa aaa 3 12 Mechanical key a aoao aa 3 3 Remote keyless entry operation 3 16 Troubleshooting guide 3 21 Warning signals 4 4 60004 240 6 amp 4 3 21 Interiorlight
81. 1 17 Seat belt extenders a oa aaa 1 22 Seat belt maintenance 1 22 Seat belts aoa aaa a 1 9 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 21 Three point type with retractor 1 13 1 15 1 19 Seat belt warning light 2 12 Seatback pockets 04 5 2 25 Seats Adjustment 4 6 aoa Rew Rae a Bo 1 2 FON SOAS cask e e hw E Ge eee 1 2 Manual front seat adjustment 12 Rear seat aoaaa a aaa 1 3 1 4 1 5 Security indicator light 2 14 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 16 3 2 5 9 Self adjusting brakes aooaa aaa 8 21 Service manual order form 9 27 Servicing airconditioner 4 14 Setting button 0 0 006 4 5 Shift lock release 2 000048 5 15 Shifting Continuously Variable Transmission OV taeee cage ees buseaue 5 12 Manual transmission 5 17 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 21 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system aoa amp db dO ae 1 53 Spark plug replacement 8 17 Speedometer 0 00002 a ee 2 3 Spotlights See map light 2 35 SRS warning label 1 56 Starting Before starting the engine 5 9 JUMP Staring o a0 oe ek Cee we 6 8 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 PUSH StaMINnG e s e 0 2 2 9 ei atk wm a 6 10 Starting the engine
82. 2 21 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 24 V Vanity Ors af na aa 6 a ae a SG 3 26 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 9 Vehicle identification 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number 0 004 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle loading information 9 14 Vehicle recovery 2 ee eae 6 13 6 14 Vehicle security system 04 5 2 15 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 16 3 2 5 9 Ventilators oaa Pe we 4 6 WwW Warning Air bag warning light aa aa 1 56 2 12 Anti lock brake warning light 2 9 Battery charge warning light 2 9 Brake warning light 2 9 Door open warning light 2 9 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 10 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 22 Low fuel warning light 2 11 Low tire pressure warning light 2 11 Low washer fluid warning light 2 12 Passenger air bag and status light 1 50 Seat belt warning light 2 12 Vehicle security system 2 15 Warning labels for SRS 1 56 Warning indicator lights and audible FOMINGGIS e p o ke ana amp om we A ee Warming NIGMS s cos soso acs ak arie waa Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer switch Weights See dimensions and weights Wheels andtires Wheel t
83. 2 6 G gauge if so equipped P 2 5 Hazard warning flasher switch if so equipped P 2 22 Hazard warning flasher switch if so equipped P 2 22 Manual shift mode switch if so equipped P 5 13 Glove box P 2 27 Passenger air bag status light P 1 41 Climate control P 4 7 Shift selector lever P 5 11 Power outlet P 2 23 Ignition switch P 5 6 Tilt steering P 3 26 Sunglasses holder P 2 25 Hood release lever P 3 22 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS MR20DE engine 1 2 3 Jins pA _ Een L co ep co _ o x e e i o O O a gt amp 0 0 nao oO VW gt aN Il os a p 0 m O O Co8 ob Ta S gt L g O O A oO oO ee amp oo D eeoe52 O D Par c e fs we w uU SM lt 4 5 6 7 8 9 Fuse fusible link box P 8 21 I f a O c Z Q xe m 2 g Gorr T oro 2v Os O Orr o O x D eo 85 a r Ss 2 o Z0 ee ES 90 26s H oO OD cS Aea oo O o Soag Zo SCout ak Do gt c Q SS sc fteu o 4 So of N IN TAN p Ze v Ya SS HA A a camels fe Rae fla ZT pe Illustrated table of contents 0 7 0 8 Illustrated table of contents QR25DE engine Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 Engine oil fille
84. 23 Key operation if so equipped e eee 3 23 Interior trunk lid release 0 cece eee eee 3 23 Poe Piller dool 420654 ecetdwesacuntacneee ene Ren EEA 3 24 Opener operation ccneseccatwwee peoanterresus 3 24 PUCMIIGM CAD 2 2 aes viansendeceeateneeese eieaes 3 24 Steering WEE arig acexevaue sae ete caneancaseaeeus 3 26 TWO PCrANON erresen retete bexedeucesee Secon 3 26 DUN VIGO EE E E E E eeeeueees 3 26 Vanity mirrors if so equipped 0008 3 26 WIGS vague nee Gok bend E E see otee uae eee s 3 27 Rearview MirTOr 2 cece tees 3 27 Outside MINOS cccoccnesaonatereroeeasneains ee 3 27 KEYS 3 1 Two master keys black with transpon der chip and chrome NISSAN brand symbol on one side 2 Transponder chip 3 Key number plate A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
85. 3 Ignition switch P 5 6 Tilt steering P 3 26 Sunglasses holder P 2 25 Hood release lever P 3 22 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details METERS AND GAUGES SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed 1 Tachometer 4 Instrument brightness control change 2 Fuel gauge odometer transmission po button for twin trip odometer sition indicator engine temperature gauge 3 Speedometer Instruments and controls 2 3 Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition switch is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips To switch between the odometer and the twin trip odometers press the instrument brightness con trol 2 4 Instruments and controls Changing the display Push the instrument brightness control to change the display as follows Odometer Trip A Trip Odom eter Resetting the trip odometer Push the instrument brightness control change button for more than 1 second to reset the trip odometer to zero TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in
86. 34a 5 NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or equivalent 5 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent 1 For further details see Fuel recommendation 2 For further details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 3 Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 will damage the CVT transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 4 Available in mainland USA through your NISSAN dealer 5 For further details see Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 6 For further details see Engine Oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 7 See your NISSAN dealer for service 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION MR20DE and QR25DE engine except Spec V Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 QR25DE engine Spec V only Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at lease 87 AKI Research octane number 91 can be used but only under the following precau tions have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline an
87. 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the main switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment panel comes on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release It The SET indicator light in the instru ment panel comes on Take your foot off the accel erator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control Starting and driving 5 19 To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button the SET indicator light in the instrument panel goes out Tap the brake pedal the SET indicator light goes out Turn the main switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator light in the instrument panel go out The cruise control is automatically canceled and the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if you depress the brake or clutch pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you depress the clutch pedal manual trans mission or move the shift selecto
88. 5 Satellite radio reception if so equipped 4 15 Audio operation precautions 00ee eee 4 16 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player if so equipped arccudeurneesetnensevcuneoceaes FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player if so equipped 0 c cece eee ees FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD changer if so equipped cece eee es CD care and cleaning 2 0ceeeeeeeee Steering wheel switch for audio control If so equipped aneuanesenctecuscueaneantecnats AMEME naaran e a EE E E a a Car phone or CB radio 02 0c eee eee eee Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System SO CqUIGDCO saccen wie and akere En ETAR NNE Using the system ne acesehaccapesetatiactieceusus Control buttons 4s ce etreacg seco eraann Getting Slane s cc0cecyeandanawnes cieeeen sega List Of voice COMMANGS 205 005 ones bcdiaswesened Speaker adaptation SA mode 000 08 Troubleshooting guide isccsesckeeiwessindeuns CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS if so equipped AWARNING e Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using t
89. 6 N NISSAN vehicle immobilizer SYSICM oae ho we alae om Hew 2 16 3 2 5 9 O Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 4 OGOMEEr lt s eisena nku neda us 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 be aia Bek Paw HE 9 2 Changing engine oil 8 11 Changing engine oilfilter 8 12 Checking engine oil level 8 9 Engine Oll se ssa 6 ata doa win on ae a 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil viscosity 9 5 Outside mirror control 3 27 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 10 Owner s manual order form 9 27 Owner s manual service manual order information 004 9 27 P Parking Parking brake operation 5 18 Parking parking onhills 5 22 Phone Bluetooth hands free system 4 37 Power Power door locks noaa aaa ww 3 5 Power Outlets aoaaa 2 23 Power rear windows 2 31 Power steering system aaau aaau 5 23 Power wiNdOWS saoao aaa aaa 2 30 Rear power windows 2 31 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 Precautions on child restraints 1 22 1 30 1 36 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 9 Precautions on supplemental restraint system oaoa aa 1 41 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Programmable features 4 5 PUSIStanING ods a 0 ae eee ow ae ai 6 10 R Radio Car phone or CBr
90. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be regis tered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Im mobilizer System of your vehicle Since the reg istration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key e Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet e Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers Sy SPA1951 Mechanical key The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key which can be used in case of a discharged battery To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position The mechanical key can be used for operation in the same way as an ord
91. B C button No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the RADIO button is pressed unless op tional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satel lite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions earlier in this section No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS sat ellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Audio main operation POWER VOLUME control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then push the POWER VOLUME control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the POWER VOLUME control knob Turn the POWER VOLUME control knob to ad just the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes AUDIO button Bass Mid Treble Fade Balance SSV Beep and Press the Language AUDIO button to change the mode as follows Bass Mid Treble
92. EADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key POWER STEERING AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer The power steering system is designed to pro vide power assist while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced This is to prevent over heating of the power steering system and protect it from getting damaged While the power assist is reduced steering wheel operation will become heavy When the temperature of the power steer ing system goes down the power assist level will return to normal Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could
93. EMOVING SPOlSsrssirirrresiorrga Seeeenew ered 7 3 ComnoSion PPOl6ClON sca ccneccrcccerntiinaweonoaues 7 6 WNGCIDOOY cis iiccrencrsedeeeoks pede ne EES ses 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle ase aa vse ete ta on eneatas EEE E 7 3 COMOSION repress ees uire EAE SOE EEES 7 6 Aluminum alloy WheelS 00 e eee eee eee eee 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of CRIGIIG DAIS j scu0es ou hbeanennes eA 7 4 OOMOSION sens ecegee EA sects nses eeaeaues 7 6 Tire dressi S pewesee bes ceseeneeeees ku ecresuss 7 4 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or
94. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Own er s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements as sisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and complete trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence
95. High and L Low marks This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION MR20DE engine Oil level should be checked regularly Op Oil filer cap erating the engine with an insufficient Oil drain plug amount of oil can damage the engine and Oil filter such damage is not covered by warranty WDI0521 WDI0597 QR25DE engine A Oil filler cap Oil drain plug Oil filter CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off 3 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise 4 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 5 Remove the drain plug B with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oll If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter later in this section AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil
96. ING Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as km h Also this system may not detect a possible for tire replacement and or If the low tire pressure warning light sudden drop in tire pressure for example a S illuminates while driving avoid sudden system resetting flat tire while driving 7 3 l a steering maneuvers or abrupt braking Replacing tires with those not originally The low tire pressure warning light does not reduce vehicle speed pull off the road specified by NISSAN could affect the automatically turn off when the tire pressure to a safe location and stop the vehicle proper operation of the TPMS is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the as soon as possible Serious vehicle a l an recommended pressure the vehicle must be damage could occur and may lead to an e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h accident and could result in serious tire sealant into the tires as this may to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire personal injury Check the tire pressure cause a malfunction of the tire pressure pressure warning light Use a tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure eee gauge to check the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres Tire pressure rises and falls depending on stad shown on the Tire and Loading A CAUTION the heat caused by the vehicle s operation Information label to turn the low tire Do not place metalized film or any metal and the
97. If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot e Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft lb 29 39 N m Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 5 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the
98. NE button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the TUNE button to adjust Fader and Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the SSV mode to OFF LEVEL1 to LEVEL5 press the TUNE button left or right To change the Beep to ON or OFF press the TUNE button left or right This will enable or disable the beep sound heard during menu se lection To change the Language to English or Frangais press the TUNE button left or right Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO button re peatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Otherwise the radio or CD display will automati cally reappear after about 5 seconds CLOCK DISP display button Pressing the CLOCK DISP display button will show text information about CD or MP3 and SAT satellite if so equipped in the audio display CD display mode To change the text displayed while playing a CD with text press the CLOCK DISP button The CLOCK DISP button will allow you to scroll 4 30 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems through CD text as follows Track number and Track time gt Album title Song title Track number displays the track number se lected on the disc Track time displays the amount of time the track has played Album title displ
99. NT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT Forward and backward Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved REAR FOLDING SEAT SYSTEM if so equipped Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Closely supervise children when they are
100. ONS 4 16 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Compact disc CD player A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 inches 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads e The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only
101. Once the rear seats have been lowered the trunk divider can be opened by pressing down on the securing latch and pushing the divider toward the rear of the vehicle For more information on the lowering of rear seats see Folding rear seats in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual LIC1031 Accessing through trunk Access the trunk divider by opening the trunk To remove the trunk divider press down on securing latch and lower the trunk divider to about 45 Pull and lift the divider out of the holding brackets 2 to remove from the trunk psa TERARI RRA gt 2740 6 J gt i WSR SRE ENS SHY kA CARGO NET if so equipped A WARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Be sure to secure all four hooks into the retainers The cargo restrained in the net must not exceed 30 Ibs 13 6 kg or the net may not stay secured The cargo net helps keep packages in the cargo area from moving around while the vehicle is in motion To install the cargo net attach the net to the retainers To remove the cargo net detach the net from the cargo net retainers Instruments and controls 2 29 WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS if so equipped AWARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hand
102. POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 Intelligent Key system PUSH OFF The steering lock can only be locked at this position PUSH ON The ignition switch will be unlocked while carrying the Intelligent Key OFF Manual transmission model 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition
103. Send one two three four 4 44 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR ses sion and returns to the call Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session You can also issue the Transfer Call com mand again to return to a hands free call through the vehicle Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Phone book NOTE Phone book commands are not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phone Book New Entry Edit Delete List Names The Phone Book stores up to 40 names for each phone paired with the system Each name can have up to 4 locations phone numbers associ ated with it NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently
104. TION Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri marily to carry passengers and cargo Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering brak ing and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com This guide includes information on trailer towing ca pability and the special equipment required for proper towing MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specification chart found later in this sec tion The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight When towing a trailer load of 1 000 Ibs 454 kg or more trailers with a brake system must be used The GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not
105. The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and 4 buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Radio waves could adversely affect elec tric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may af fect the Intelligent Key system operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system A CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intel ligent Key system transmits weak radio waves Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Ke
106. Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on Tire and Loading Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the follow ing illustration Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Trailer Tongue Weight zi PA Lo 150 Ib x 2 300 Iib 30lbx2 60lb 300 lb Occupants Luggage 70 kg 135kg 14kg 27 kg 135 kg Occupants Luggage tr ED 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 70 kg 135 kg 14 kg 27 kg Occupants Luggage LERKE CL ECO 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib 70 kg 340 kg 14kg 70 kg Example Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 740 Ib 336 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 040 Ib 472 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 500 Ib 227 kg LT10152 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the avail a
107. Towing recommended by NISSAN Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light Is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will acti vate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible remind ers in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section 6 2 Incase of emergency AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as so
108. a trailer when the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed A CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause dam age to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 MEMO 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation 0 0 cece eee eae 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 5 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 224 secs 24 wewedad waiwe Gaceuees 9 6 SPCCHICAUONS 25 d050 e4 dceankacesaeageacawsee eeeae 9 7 ENGINE ss 222cgecetece sadeeuenens eee eeeeate sa se 9 7 Wheels and tires 2 5 occa scene ccda annen 9 8 Dimensions and weights 5 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another Country 2 nceuestasebed howe sengeeacnees ax 9 10 Vehicle identification 00 00 cece eee eee 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle identification number chassis NOIMDCN 2 c caxer gt edwauwcaewadvedungtex 9 10 Engine serial number 2 22 005 9 11 F M V S S C M V S S cer
109. adian customers 10 Index A Active Head Restraint 1 8 Air bag See supplemental restraint SVS hac ke oe es ke Be d 1 41 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact airbagsystem 05 1 49 Side and curtain See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system 2 2 ara deian s 1 53 Air bag warning labels 1 56 Air bag warning light 1 56 2 12 Air cleaner housing filter 8 18 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 10 Air conditioner service 4 14 Air conditioner specification label 9 13 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 6 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 7 Servicing air conditioner 4 14 Air flow charts v 20 ed eas oe 4 11 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 15 Anchor point locations 22 624 4 84 1 26 AMENNA o acdan e 6 20 08 56 a ea ee 4 36 Anti lock brake warning light 2 9 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 24 ArmrestSs bo a Sh ek RG wee we So 1 7 Audible reminders sesh adada naw vs 2 14 MUGIOSYSION i 64 tums ee ee aw ae 4 15 Compact Disc CD changer 4 32 Compact disc CD player 4 23 4 27 FM AM radio with compact disc CD DIQVER 6 0 we ern eee ew ol ee Ga ee 4 21 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD changer 4 29 FM AM SAT radio with compact dis
110. adio 4 36 Compact Disc CD changer 4 32 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player us om am oe ee ee a Be 4 21 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD changer 4 29 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player gas 04 24 84 vee os 4 25 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 35 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test o oe k ee bw we ew es amp ES 9 26 Rear center seat belt 1 17 Rear power windows saoasaoa oaoa aa 2 31 Rear seat 4 6 oa ee eo i dd 1 3 1 4 1 5 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 024 2 19 Recorders EVEN Gala s s mooo 25a 6 ae ae 2S 9 27 Refrigerant recommendation 9 6 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Remote keyless entry system 3 6 Reporting safety defects US only 9 25 Resetting average speed 4 4 Resetting the fuel economy 4 4 Resetting trip time 4 4 4 S Safety Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Child seat belts 1 22 1 30 1 36 Reporting safety defects US only 9 25 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 12 Seat belt Child safety oaoa 1 11 Infants and small children 1 12 Injured Person 4 6 2 46 00 6 ee ew 1 13 Larger children 2 10 ess e aie a a 4 1 12 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 9 Pregnantwomen 1 13 Rear center seat belt
111. ags and pre tensioner seat belts are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has oc curred Repair and replacement of these supple mental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the supplemental front air bags supple mental side air bags curtain side impact air bags pre tensioner seat belts and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the maintenance The ignition key should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AWARNING e Once a supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag or curtain side impact air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of the supplemental front air bags inflate the activated pre tensioner seat belts must also be replaced The air bag mod ule and pre tensioner seat belt system should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired The supplemental front air bag side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tems and the pre tensioner seat belt system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag pre ten
112. air bags P 1 41 Seats P 1 2 Occupant classification sensor pressure sensor P 1 41 Seat belt pre tensioners P 1 55 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren P 1 24 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details EXTERIOR FRONT Engine hood P 3 22 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 18 Windshield P 8 19 Sunroof if so equipped P 2 32 Power windows P 2 30 Door locks keyfob if so equipped Intelligent Key system if so equipped keys P 3 4 3 6 3 10 3 2 Mirrors P 3 27 Tire pressure P 8 31 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 8 38 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 19 Replacing bulbs P 8 27 Fog light switch P 2 19 Tie down hook P 6 13 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated table of contents pe ee ee 8 9 Trunk lid P 3 22 Vehicle loading P 9 14 Interior trunk lid release P 3 23 Rear window defroster switch P 2 19 Child safety locks P 3 6 Fuel filler door P 3 24 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 24 P 9 3 Replacing bulbs P 8 27 Exterior trunk lid release request button P 3 23 P 3 15 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details PASSENGER COMPARTMENT VA n5 IXA W O NY a 4 ca
113. and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer LDIO589 Type B CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AWARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL WDI0591 Type A CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 LDIO590 Type B 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H
114. antly affect bulb life and or head light performance High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped Use the same number and wattage as Originally installed Low beam Wattage 55 Bulb no H13 High beam Wattage 60 Bulb no H13 Always check with the Parts Depart ment at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Headlight assembly Low High Halogen H13 Park 194 Turn 3457AK Side marker 194 Front fog light if so equipped H11 Front map lights Room light Glove box light if so equipped Trunk light High mounted stop light Inside Spoiler if so equipped Rear combination light Turn signal light Stop Tail Backup reversing Rear side marker License plate light Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself al ae gt Front map lights Room light Headlight assembly Front fog light if so equipped High mounted stop light if so
115. ap 1 26 Child restraints 1 11 1 12 1 22 1 24 Precautions on child restraints 040 1 22 1 30 1 36 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 26 Child safety rear door lock Chimes audible reminders Cleaning exterior and interior COGS 2 6 aaah ae oe eee ae Be A models without navigation system Clock Sef s es aapa engin Pew asama Clutch Clutch fluid 2 2 0 0 22 a8 a oe Sw 8 C M V S S certification label 9 Cold weather driving 5 Compact disc CD player 4 23 4 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 Continuously Variable Transmission COVE fluides eae s hus dee w amp eS 8 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 00 5 Control panel buttons Clock set 6 bbb bow ea a Setting button Trip button Without navigation system Controls Audio controls steering wheel 4 Heater and air conditioner controls Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 008 Changing engine coolant Checking engine coolant level Engine coolant temperature gauge Corrosion protection 4 CUISE COnUGls 2 a a o 4 8 eo ae aX 5 Cup holders 0000 ee eee 2 Curtain side impact air bag system See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact airbag system 1 D Daytime running light system Canada only maa aw nae ah
116. around cars to prevent them from Interior trunk access if so equipped 2 Pull up on the strap located on the top playing and becoming locked in the outboard side of the seat to be folded trunk where they could be seriously in The trunk can be accessed from the rear seat for jured Keep the car locked with the rear loading and unloading as shown 3 Fold seat back down seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s 1 Stow outboard seatbelts with clip before AWARNING access to car keys folding rear seat backs e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop When folding the passenger s side rear seat back first disconnect and stow the center seat belt See Stowing the rear center seatbelt later in this section 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO733 Folding the rear cushions and seat 2 Fold down the rear head restraint Pull the backs if so equipped head restraint down and rotate to the lower position 1 Lift up on the strap on the front edge of the seat cushion and fold cushion toward front of vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding
117. as originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command See Phone book earlier in this section phone book 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the 4 50 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Precautions on cruise control 0005 5 19 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 5 2 Cruise control operations s s s s serrer 5 19 Three way catalyst n nunn nananana anena 5 2 Break in SCheOulescceax teu venus ewer aerae 5 20 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Increasing fuel economy n oan cece ence e eee eees 5 21 Avoiding collision and rollover seeeee 9 9 Parking parking on ll Sicusceweeseeereeacewagacex cd 5 22 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 0 5 9 Power SICCIING c2ccctesadeecedaceedaee SaGads caus 5 23 INNON SWIC cnn true adorei EER AARAA 5 6 Brake system cceecceeeeeeeeuuueeeeeeeeees 5 93 Intelligent Key System if so equipped 5 6 Brake precautions ick saeeacdets aaanawcad ane te 5 23 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 7 Anti lock Braking System ABS Manual transmission ae ede amp Mee cae eee ees 5 8 if so equipped ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 924 Key posmons Paa PEE ean ee ee Nee 9 8 Cold weat
118. assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not r
119. at an angle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the sus pension steering brake or cooling systems Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery 3 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive CVT models or 1st low and R Reverse manual transmission models Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R Reverse and D Drive CVT models or 1st and R Re verse manual transmission models e Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h If the vehicle can not be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle Rear if so equipped Do not use the hook to tow the vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 2 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 6 14 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior secre cir erage dasa ep saws a 7 2 Cleaning IMeOl c ayancaas casewiesaoeerade seeds 7 4 Eea coacesetectes Cassese neceeee ETET 2 FOOF MAS eene erii eee ceeen ne eee w ae cae ok 7 5 WANG cavern astas EENE ES E sees 7 2 Se O E E E TEET 7 5 R
120. at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information Label 5 Securely store the flat tire in the vehicle 6 Install the jack in its storage area and tighten the jack screw clockwise 7 Place the spare tire cover and the trunk floor carpeting over the damaged tire 8 Close the trunk AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop In case of emergency 6 7 The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 6 8 Incase of emergency JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor
121. ate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the automatic locking mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the objects weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly 1 51 Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag Is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the
122. ated on the floor to the left of the driver s seat To open the fuel filler door push the release To lock close the fuel filler door securely FUEL FILLER CAP The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling AWARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap a third of a turn and wait for any hissing sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal injury Then remove the cap Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portab
123. ay result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel Consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is not a cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load A CAUTION Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 85 fuel can damage fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty E 85 is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region API certification mark ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants earlier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute
124. ays the title of the CD being played Song title displays the title of the selected CD track MP3 display mode To change the text displayed when listening to a CD with MP8s and IDS tags press the CLOCK DISP button The CLOCK DISP button will scroll through the CD text as follows Disc number Track number and Folder number gt Folder title Album title Artist name gt Song title Disc number displays the number of the current disc playing Track number displays the number of the track playing on the selected disc Folder number displays the number of the current folder on the MP3 CD Folder title displays the title of the folder Album title displays the title of the album of the song playing Artist name displays the name of the artist of the song playing Song title displays the title of the song play ing Display satellite radio display mode if so equipped To change the text displayed when listening to satellite radio if so equipped press the CLOCK DISP button The CLOCK DISP button will scroll through the broadcast information as follows Channel number gt Category name lt Channel name gt Artist name gt Song title Channel number displays the channel num ber of the selected satellite radio station Category name displays the category name of the selected satellite radio station Channel name displays the channel name of the selected sa
125. ble amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 X 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg Technical and consumer information 9 15 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of Weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label 9 16 Technical and consumer information LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat
126. body must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 2 2 02ee00 8 2 General maintenance 0 0c cece eee eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS ss essea cece eee eee 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system lt veesceugessevateareegee ens 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 005 8 8 Changing engine coolant 2 00e 0e 8 9 PACING Cll cercscuceeseeunieeererenyceaeseecres ta 8 9 Checking engine oil level 0022005 8 9 Changing engine oil e cece eee eee 8 11 Changing engine oil filter 2000 8 12 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid 8 13 Brake and clutch MUG 2ascenleosessreereneeeuheee 8 13 Brake HUG eerste rerne eE e AEA 8 13 e oa e EEEN E E atsy an eeees 8 14 Window washer fluid aa20tcxrdceveeeievessaeseeeees 8 14 Window washer fluid reservoir 0 8 14 SEA E E E E E E ene 8 15 JUMP AANG seaun EA E 8 16 Drine Delles niente Gps e EE oes E E 8 16 SPA PUGS sug Fe wceeteew cay SEE E ven E E 8 17 Replacing spark DIUQS 2 4 40te lt taceener erence 8 17 Pil OConehesstecensteeae re hecesaereeoeceuueeerous 8 18 In cabin microfilter if so equipped 8 19 Win
127. c CD player 04 4 25 RagiO e 84 aoe he Ba eee ee ee eS 4 15 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 35 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 31 Transmission selector lever lockrelease 2 0004 5 15 AUX jack si 440 ede we ew es 4 23 4 28 Average speed 0 2 0 00 eee 4 4 B Bate tak ee Cee ee ee ek we 8 15 Charge warning light 2 9 Before starting the engine 5 9 Belt See drive belt 8 16 Bluetooth hands free phone system 4 37 Booster seatS 246464 02388 eae o 2 1 36 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 24 Brake fluids o ae id aea a 8240583 8 13 Brake light See stop light 2 8 28 Brake system i ie he eee owe ee 5 23 Brake warning light 2 9 Brake wear indicators 2 14 8 21 Parking brake operation 5 18 Self adjusting brakes 8 21 BrakoSe ss hee eames Geek awe oe 8 21 Break in schedule 5 20 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 21 Bulb check instrument panel 2 8 Bulb replacement aaou aa 8 28 C Capacities and recommended tuel lubncam S s s a aa a a Be ee 9 2 Car phone or CBradio 4 36 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 14 CD care and cleaning 4 34 CD changer See audio system 4 32 CD player See audio system 4 23 4 27 Child restraint with top tether str
128. cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response When you get used to the menus in the system you can talk ahead by saying more than one command at a time For example say Call five five five one two one two or Memo pad record Also when you get used to the system re sponses you can skip ahead to the tone by pressing the 4 4 button on the steering wheel However if you press the f button when the system is waiting for a response from you it will end the VR session Call Main Menu Call Name speak name A Number speak digits Redial Call Back D Name speak name A If you have stored entries in the Phone Book you can dial a number associated with a name and location See Phone book later in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 43 If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks you to choose the loca tion Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call Number speak digits When prompted by the system say the number you wish to call Refer t
129. ch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder When the ignition is in the OFF position the steering wheel is not locked To lock the steering wheel 1 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 2 Remove the key if it is inserted in the ignition switch 3 Turn the steering wheel 1 8 of a turn clock wise from the straight up position Starting and driving 5 7 To unlock the steering wheel 1 Insert the key into the ignition switch if nec essary 2 Gently turn the ignition switch while rotating the steering wheel slightly right and left 5 8 Starting and driving MANUAL TRANSMISSION The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driv ing The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position On manual transmission models to turn the igni tion key to LOCK position from ACC or ON position turn the key to OFF push the key in then turn the key to LOCK In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left KEY
130. chains to permit turning corners Trailer lights A CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more that 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical sys tem See a reputable trailer dealer to ob tain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN dealer or repu table trailer dealer Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed AWARNING Never connect a trailer brake system di rectly to the vehicle brake system Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition Always secure items in the trailer
131. chor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating posi tions only Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the center position using the LATCH anchors WRSO700 LATCH lower anchor location LATCH lower anchor point locations The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is at tached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH anchors AWARNING Attach LATCH compatible child re straints only at the locations shown in the illustration If a child restraint is not secured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH anchors The child restraint will not be secured properly Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO661 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint f
132. ck the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Inflation Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label The vehicle weight capacity is indi cated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capac ity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to pre mature tire failure or unfavor able handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious acci dent Loading beyond the speci fied capacity may al
133. cket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type B fuses cannot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI0542 MR20DE engine ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire NOTE For checking and replacing fuses on QR25DE engine models see a NISSAN dealer If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood 3 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tabs A and lifting the cover up from the front 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer LDI0546 Type A Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition check the fusible links in the holders and If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts For checking and replacing the
134. commends that the child re straint be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a front facing child re straint in the front seat see Child re straint installation using the seat belts later in this section Improper use or improper installation of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an accident Follow all of the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child re straint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being in jured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the seat near the LATCH attachment or by the seat belt
135. connected with Phone B New entry Use the New Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also tf the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Once the system accepts the name and you confirm it is correct the system asks for a location Home Office Mobile or Other For example say Home The system acknowledges the location and asks for a number For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number The system then asks if you would like to store another location for the same name If you do not wish to store another location the system ends the VR session Edit Use the Edit command to alter an existing phone book entry or to add a 2nd 3rd or 4th phone number to an existing entry When prompted by the system say the name of the entry you wish to edit The system acknowledges the name and asks you for the location you would like to edit Say the name of
136. cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury Engine block heaters are available through NISSAN dealers to assist in cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater i 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts Starting and driving 5 27 MEMO 5 28 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Pla Ceara rosea sateen etnee seen E E S 6 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 2 Changing a attire 0s etenwg eceweees read mane 6 2 Jump SaN ocdnaceteendee ae veto Lee see nE 6 8 Push Starge as eee uae wee a E eaten 6 10 If your vehicle overheats Towing your vehicle 0
137. d See Child restraints earlier in this section for details Do not lean against the door Do not lean against the door AWARNING Supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag The supplemental side air bag and cur tain side impact air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal im pact rear impact rollover or lower se verity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING The seat belts the supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag in flate with great force Do not allow any one to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seat back of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are A WARNING shown in the previous illustrations When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some
138. d fill up with unleaded premium as soon as possible avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel eration However for maximum vehicle perfor mance the use of unleaded premium gaso line is recommended A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEFEC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without ad
139. dent I ie LIC1027 WIC1097 Front Rear CUP HOLDERS Lower the rear center armrest to access the cup holders Adjust the cup holder size by turning the adjust ment knob and sliding the cup holder divider to the desired position 2 26 Instruments and controls GLOVE BOX Open the glove box by pulling the handle Use the master key when locking or unlocking the glove box AWARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop CONSOLE BOX To open the console box press in on the lever 4 and raise the lid To close push the lid down until the lock latches COMPACT DISC HOLDER if so equipped To use the compact disc holder lower the driver side visor The holder can be removed by pulling down on the tab A CAUTION Do not leave compact discs in direct sun light The heat may damage the compact discs Instruments and controls 2 27 TRUNK DIVIDER if so equipped A CAUTION The trunk divider does not contain any secure locking mechanisms so it should not be used as a secure storage for valuables The trunk divider allows for the creation of a hidden storage compartment in the trunk or when lowered a temporary storage surface for wet items The trunk divider can be accessed through the lowering of the rear seats or the trunk 2 28 Instruments and controls ree ty sg ooe LIC1030 Accessing through rear seats
140. ditioner audio and phone systems 4 37 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is paired to the in vehicle phone module no other phone connect ing procedure is required Your phone is auto matically connected with the in vehicle phone 4 38 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems module when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the paired cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of th
141. dshield wiper blades 0 002 005 8 19 Cleaning osieaess aes deien ose atadconknnceeaes 8 19 Ropa HG Gace cenesyeeeeryereteueeeaeseeeees 8 20 Blake E E eens 8 21 PU O thi earned accent omen ee arene eeaeien eee haaes 8 21 Engine COMPAGNMEN sc lt esencsetcevedvexst advan 8 22 Passenger compartment 000e ea eeee 8 24 Battery replacement 0000 eee eee eee 8 25 KEVIOD ceed eeciudenne eee needaneeassceeeueseh 8 25 Intelligent Key battery 2 cece e eee ees 8 26 Eaa e seuereece sauces eaceureet ates ae ea esueces sas 8 27 aiee Nelt S22 denen E E 8 27 Exterior and interior lights 8 28 Wheels and tires sau cecony ctidesetedus Coeseve cones 8 31 Tire DICSSUNG tote eee tdde se abelen ee dee ete sene see 8 31 Tire labeling 4 tseeunbeuest ee sacvieeeeeetenecu 8 34 Wes Ol les 62a dcndeeoeneteoreeeeerewdenseney 8 37 Tire CHAINS eeo cee eres cep ec nan EEE E i 8 38 Changing wheels and tires 00 cee eee eee 8 38 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NIS SAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance Is performed As
142. e s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fit ting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or terri tories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child Re straints later in this section Also there are other types of child restraints available for larger children for additional protec tion NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem Air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section Infants Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use Small Children Children that are over one year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9
143. e or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental front air bag system operation The NISSAN advanced air bag system has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the diagnosis sensor unit seat belt buckle sensors occupant classification sensor pressure sensor and passenger seat belt tension sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger it additionally monitors the weight of an occupant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on informa tion from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the weight de tected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illumi nated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer I
144. e cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area sur rounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degrada tion and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning please refer to Troubleshooting guide later in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for troubleshoot ing help Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual re garding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation FCC Radiation Exp
145. e digital clock displays the time when the igni tion key is in OFF ACC or ON To enable the clock display press the CLOCK DISP button If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Readjust the time Adjusting the time The audio system must be turned off to adjust the time To adjust the time press and hold the CLOCK DISP button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds Hour Adjust will appear on the screen and the hours will start flashing Press the SEEK or TUNE button to adjust the hour Press the CLOCK DISP button again Minute Adjust will appear on the screen and the minutes will start flashing Press the SEEK or TUNE button to adjust the minutes Press the CLOCK DISP button again Clock Is Set will appear on the screen NOTE If you enter the clock adjustment mode and do not press any button for approximately 7 seconds the screen will change to Clock Is Set The screen will exit out of the clock adjustment mode and return to the audio or off screen HOW TO USE THE AUDIO BUTTON for control panel The audio system must be turned on to access this menu Pressing the AUDIO button will change the settings menu as follows Bass Mid Treble Fade Balance Speed Sense Volume Beep ON OFF Lan guage Audio or OFF Bass For additional information see Audio System later in this section Beep on off To turn off the beep press t
146. e disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide FUSES Two types of fuses are used Type A is used in the fuse boxes in the engine compartment Type B is used in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses can be installed in the engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 I me QE TE HEHE i je AHE J a LE FONI Oe I oh Ti i ies i Li oy EH re Lt at aS _ Il i B i L If a type A fuse is used to replace a type B fuse the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse po
147. e is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst
148. e the volume Vv A Tuning Memory change radio Push the tuning switch or 4 _ forless than 1 5 seconds to change presets Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch Y or amp formore than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 35 Next Previous track CD Push the tuning switch Y or 4 for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present track or skip to the next track Push several times to skip back or skip through tracks Change disc CD if so equipped Push the tuning switch Y or amp for more than 1 5 seconds to change the playing disc up or down ANTENNA The antenna cannot be shortened but can be removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod counterclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna rod clockwise A and hand tighten A CAUTION Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation 4 36 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be
149. e tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet ap 2 Wear indicator Location mark Tire wear and damage AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 Replacing
150. eat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AWARNING Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint can re sult in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat NISSAN re
151. eceive a Warranty Informa tion Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a re placement by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Informa tion Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a re placement by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 dit ia SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov
152. eceived properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 39 Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the fa button located on the steering wheel The light on the overhead con sole flashes to signal you have entered a voice recognition VR session After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted lf you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them fa command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Repeat the command ina clear voice f you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also press the MQPE button on the steering wheel at any time Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on t
153. ed Follow the instructions provided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will ask you to say your name Follow the instructions to register your name 11 The system will announce that speaker ad aptation has been completed and the sys tem is ready The SA mode will stop if The 4 button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in SA mode The vehicle begins moving during SA mode The ignition switch is turned to the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the SA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phone book new entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number setup pair phone memo pad play eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phone book delete entry memo pad record dial star two one seven oh Yes No select ring tone dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on setup change priority call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight Cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one Home four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phone book list names call eight oh five four one Correction setup change ring tone dial seven four
154. ed by testing them To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments Locking doors 1 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion Remove the key if any key is in the ignition switch 2 Close all doors Push any door handle request switch 1 while carrying the Intelligent Key with you All doors and the trunk will lock 5 The hazard warning lights flash twice and the outside buzzer sounds twice NOTE Doors lock with the door handle request switch while a mechanical key is in the igni tion switch or the ignition switch is pushed in Doors lock with the door handle request switch while the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch while any door is open However doors lock with the me chanical key even if any door is open Doors do not lock with the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with an other Intelligent Key A CAUTION After locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles or the trunk opener switch When locking the doors using the re quest switch
155. edal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is oper ating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob if so equipped ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual Starting and driving 5 25 DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual
156. eel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classifica tion sensor pressure sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Work on and around the supplemental front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electri cal equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Re straint System SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected Unautho rized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system e The SRS wiring harness connecto
157. ehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing ona base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated GLASS When cleaning the rear window it may be easier to clean if the high mounted stop light is removed first Be careful when removing the high mounted stop light to reduce the risk of damaging the high mounted stop light wires To remove the high mounted stop light Push toward rear of veh
158. eight 1 000 Ib 454 kg Capacity available for tow ing 100 Ib 45 kg 1 000 Ib 454 kg 10 tongue weight Available tongue weight Available capacity The available towing capacity may be less than the maximum towing capacity due to the passen ger and cargo load in the vehicle Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be tween 10 15 of the trailer weight If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange the cargo to obtain the proper tongue load Do not exceed the 10 15 tongue weight specification even if the calculated available tongue weight is greater than 15 If the calculated tongue weight is less than 10 reduce the total trailer weight to match the available tongue weight Always verify that available capacities are within the required ratings Technical and consumer information 9 19 TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION UNIT Ib kg MAXIMUM TOWING LOAD 1 000 454 MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 100 45 TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is available from your NISSAN dealer Canada only Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the ve hicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hitch ball size is sta
159. engine systems transmission systems tire pressure systems and airbag systems Some data about vehicle opera tion may be stored in the computers for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For example ve hicle speed brake application steering angle air bag readiness air bag perfor mance and seat belt use by the driver or passenger may be recorded These types of systems are sometimes called Event Data Recorders Special equipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehicle s computers sounds are not recorded NISSAN and NISSAN dealers have equipment to access some of this data others may also have this equipment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle servicing or for special research It might also be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in response to a request by law enforcement or as other wise required or permitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment pro cedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals and genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models For USA For current pric
160. ens eupeesesteeees 2 34 Map lights if So equipped 0 cece eee ee eee 2 35 UG WOM eaan enaar eee pe eektenteesrecect 2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL 22 HHL LI d in Ma a 1 Q e z C VA E g a Bi 26 25 24 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 19 Manual shift paddles if so equipped P 5 13 Steering wheel switch for audio control and Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem if so equipped P 4 35 4 37 Instruments and controls pt eee PE Driver s supplemental air bag Horn P 1 41 2 22 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Instrument brightness control P 2 21 Cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 19 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 18 Storage bin if so equipped P 2 23 Audio system P 4 15 Center ventilator P 4 6 Passenger s supplemental air bag P 1 41 Control panel display if so equipped P 4 2 Side ventilator P 4 6 Engine oil pressure gauge if so equipped P 2 6 G gauge if so equipped P 2 5 Hazard warning flasher switch if so equipped P 2 22 Hazard warning flasher switch if so equipped P 2 22 Manual shift mode switch if so equipped P 5 13 Glove box P 2 27 Passenger air bag status light P 1 41 Climate control P 4 7 Shift selector lever P 5 11 Power outlet P 2 2
161. ent Key from the vehicle and seconds and all doors unlock close the door The ignition knob is not in LOCK position Turn the Turn the ignition knob to LOCK knob to LOCK A warning chime sounds continuously or the mechanical key is inserted into the ignition knob When stopping the The P position warning light in the instrument panel The selector lever is not in the P Park Make sure that the selector lever is in the P ee engine blinks in red position position and turn the ignition knob to LOCK When starting the engine The key warning light in the instrument panel blinks in The battery charge is low Replace the battery with a new one See Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section When turning the ignition A warning chime sounds continuously The ignition switch is not turned to the Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position switch LOCK position When pushing the The Intelligent Key system warning light in the The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle If the Intelligent Key system warning light illuminates ignition switch instrument panel illuminates red red even while you are carrying the Intelligent Key the battery is completely discharged Replace the battery with a new one See Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section When opening the driver s door Remove the mechanical ee from the ignition knob Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21
162. equipped Spoiler mounted stop light if so equipped License plate light Rear combination light 7 Indicates bulb removal Indicates bulb replacement Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself XQ Ss WDI0206 Interior light Use a cloth to protect the interior light hous ing LDI0544 Map light if so equipped Use a cloth to protect the light housing WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitor ing System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Che
163. er air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements One sensor used is the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor It is in the bottom of the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described later For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the advanced air bag sys tem is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regula tions is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF Occupant classification sensor opera tion can vary depending on the front passenger seat belt sensors The front passenger seat belt sensors are de signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the seat belt such a
164. er run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Once the pre tensioner seat belt has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recom mends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced un less the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use dur
165. erating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION if so equipped Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and push inthe A C button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running 4 10 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Push the VS button to the off position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the MAX A C or position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Pushthe A C comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high push the gt button to the on position indicator light on Be sure to return the lt gt button to the off position for normal cooling MAX A C may be used for quick cooling Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air 1 Push the S button to the off position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 4 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Push the A C comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn
166. erature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant temperature is high 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are gene
167. es not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light 8 located in the meter and gauges area in the center of the instrument panel will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front air bag precau tions AWARNING e Do not place any objects on the steer ing wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such ob jects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the supplemen tal front air bag inflates 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wh
168. examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 48 SRS curtain side impact air bag mod ules SRS side impact air bags Supplemental front air bag modules Crash zone sensor Diagnosis sensor unit Occupant classification sensor pres sure sensor 7 Seat belt pre tensioner retractor 8 Side satellite sensor NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN ad vanced air bag system for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed Oh Ot The driver supplemental front air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The supplemen tal front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damag
169. f you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a supplemental front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause Irritation and chok ing Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and pas senger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can 1 49 increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START positi
170. floor to the left of the driver s seat To open the trunk lid pull the trunk lid release switch To close the trunk lid lower and push the trunk lid down securely You can also open the trunk lid with the keyfob or Intelligent Key if so equipped Refer to Remote keyless entry system or Intelligent Key system earlier in this section KEY OPERATION if so equipped To open the trunk lid turn the key clockwise To close the trunk lid lower and push the trunk lid down securely INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE AWARNING Closely supervise children when they are around Cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys The interior trunk lid release mechanism provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 To open the trunk from the inside pull the illumi nated release handle until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release handle is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located inside the trunk compart ment on the interior of the trunk lid 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments FUEL FILLER DOOR OPENER OPERATION The fuel filler door release is loc
171. for tongue load use the following procedure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum tongue load To determine the Gross Trailer Weight weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipment and cargo that are normally in the trailer when it is towed Make sure the Gross Trailer Weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing Capacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified rat ings Example Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed on a scale including passengers cargo and hitch 3 820 Ib 1732 kg Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from F M V S S C M V S S certification label 3 920 Ib 1778 kg Maximum Towing Load from Towing Load Specification chart 1 000 lb 454 kg 3 920 lb 1778 kg 3 820 Ib 1732 kg 100 lb 45 kg GVWR GVW Available for tongue w
172. fully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Re move the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the vehicle completely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification
173. gency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo 9 14 Technical and consumer information GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion Is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the
174. given to vehicle operation Some juris dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic con trol system harnesses Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM if so equipped A WARNING A CAUTION e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle To avoid draining the vehicle battery use in a safe location If you have to use a a phone after starting the engine phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so Display screen heater air con
175. han 1 5 seconds while a CD or MP3 CD is playing the track or file being played returns to its beginning Press button several times to skip back through tracks or files The CD or MP3 CD will go back the number of times the button is pressed When the SEEK button gt I button is pressed for less than 1 5 seconds while a CD or MP3 CD is playing the next track or file will start to play from its beginning Press PI button several times to skip through tracks or files The CD or MP3 CD will advance the number of times the button is pressed When the last track or file on the CD or MP3 CD is skipped through the first track or file will be played If there are multiple CDs in the CD changer when the last track or file is skipped through the next CD will start to play CD select buttons To play another CD that has been loaded press a CD select button 1 6 MIX RPT button When the MIX RPT button is pressed while a compact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Repeat All Repeat Disc Repeat Track Mix All Discs Mix Disc Repeat All Repeat Disc The disc that is currently playing will be repeated Repeat Track The track that is currently playing will be repeated Mix All Disc Tracks from all discs will be played randomly Mix Disc Tracks from the disc that is currently playing will be played randomly Repeat All All discs will be played normally with no special play pa
176. hat the cable clamps do not contact any other metal he none with A 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and battery for let it run for a few minutes Cloth _ booster For Intelligent Key system equipped models WCE0054 use the mechanical key to start the engine A WARNING 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve to N Neutral manual transmission or to P hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en Always follow the instructions below Park CVT Switch off all unnecessary dineo the vehicle being jump started Failure to do so could result in damage to electrical systems lights heater air condi the charging system and cause personal injury tioner etc CAUTION B 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so Do not keep the starter motor engaged for 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle equipped Cover the battery with an old more than 10 seconds If the engine does position the two vehicles to bring their bat cloth to reduce explosion hazard not start right away turn the key off and ene es eect eier 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence il wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again ee MORAN On Me tWo Ve MESS tontguch lustrated A 7 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable In case of emergency 6 9 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth u
177. he TUNE button to select OFF This will disable the beep sound during menu selection except some caution beep sounds Language The language can be changed to ENGLISH or FRANCAIS by pressing the TUNE button Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 5 VENTILATORS IQUE DFE FRONT LEFT DOOR WARNING Adjust air flow direction for the driver s and pas l l senger s side and center ventilators by The DOOR OPEN screen will be automatically moving the ventilator slide and or ventilator as displayed any time a door or the trunk is open semblies If the door is open for longer than 10 seconds the Open or close the ventilators by using the dial screen will no longer display which door is open Move the dial toward the 3 l i l to open the ven the door is closed 4 6 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual AWARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or an
178. he factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and Ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of t
179. he first detent and continue to hold it down until the desired window position is reached 1 To close the window pull the switch to the first detent and continue to hold it up until the desired window position is reached 2 Jt A LICO718 Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down Q To close the window pull the switch up Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function f QW LICO410 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release It it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening When power window switch does not operate If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the fol lowing procedure to initialize the power window system Instruments and controls 2 31 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Open the window more than halfway by operating the power window switch 3 Pull up and hold the window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch for more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completel
180. he rear center seat belt Always be sure the center seat belt connector tongue and connector buckle are attached Dis connect only when folding down the rear seat To connect the buckle Pull out the connector buckle from fabric sleeve 2 Pull out the connector tongue 3 Pull the seat belt and secure the receiver buckle until it clicks The center seat belt connector tongue and re ceiver buckle are indicated by the gt and lt mark The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the rear center seat belt con nector buckle To fasten the seat belt see Fastening the seat belt earlier in this section A WARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR SE R rear center seat AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion always sit well back in
181. he signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 15 the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Sat ellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna COMPACT AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTI
182. he steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following rules and examples Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred 4 40 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continue en tering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six two oh oh You can say Star for and Pound for at any time in any position of the phone num ber Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Blueto
183. he system immediately and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents fire or electrical shock OL lt TUNE gt ee AUDIO 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 1 TRIP INFO button P 4 3 2 CLOCK DISP button P 4 5 3 AUDIO button P 4 5 When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all the battery power and the engine will not start Reference symbols TRIP INFO button This is a button on the control panel By pressing this button you can select the item or perform this action HOW TO USE THE TRIP INFO BUTTON When the TRIP INFO button is pressed the following modes will display on the screen Dist to Empty Average Speed Fuel Economy Trip Time Audio or OFF Dist to Empty Distance to empty MI or km The Distance To Empty DTE mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The DTE is constantly calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds When the fuel level is low the DTE display will change to NOTE Ifthe amount of fuel added while the ignition switch is OFF is small the display just before the ignition switch is turned OFF may con ti
184. he tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS A CAUTION Tire chains cables should not be installed on P225 45R17 size tires Installation of the tire chains cables on P225 45R17 size tires will cause damage to the vehicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should install P205 55R16 size tires on your vehicle Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are deter
185. he user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent conditions 1 This device may not cause KEYFOB l i harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes E E a Mey Me m ired operation of the device Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows Close the lid securely A Open the lid using a coin 2 Remove the battery 8 3 Install a new battery with the facing down button two or three times to check the key fob operation Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fol lows 1 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2025 or equiva lent Do not touch the internal circuit and elec tric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity Make sure that the side faces the bot tom of the ca
186. henever approaching sharp bends Do not use the L Low position in any other circum stances Manual shift mode if so equipped When the manual shift mode button is pressed with the vehicle stopped or while driving the transmission enters the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manually using the paddles on the steering wheel and In the manual shift mode the shift range is dis played on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows M1 gt M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 Starting and driving 5 13 M6 6th Use this position for all normal forward driving M5 5th Use this position when driving up long slopes or for engine braking when driving down long slopes M4 4th M3 3rd and M2 2nd Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades M1 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than M6 range This reduces fuel economy When shifting up Pull the paddle on the steering wheel towards you Shifts to higher range 5 14 Starting and driving When shifting down Pull the paddle on the steering wheel towards you Shifts to lower range Pulling the same paddle twice will shift the ranges in succession However
187. her driving 0 c cece cece cece ees 5 25 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system 5 5 9 Freeing a frozen door lock ssseeseeeeeees 5 95 Before starting the engine 2 20005 5 9 Antireeze 5 95 Starting the engine 0 cece cee eee ees 5 9 ie oo a tcsek eeeca te orice tan hee cna 5 95 Driving the VEnICles ac lt sce5e2nacsredeesaenageayedy 5 11 Be etme oe eee cmos ee ea Enea ae ere eae Continuously Variable Transmission CVT Draining of coolant Wall fee tocaeea sete eererened 5 26 if so equipped 0 eee eee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeees 5 11 Tire GQUIDMC lt lt oesuteowcecsvaeenteoenceewecks 5 26 Manual transmission if so equipped 5 16 Special winter equipment 6 eens 9 26 Parking Drake tecsemeeteadeeeresennteaseadeaneunn 5 18 Driving ON SNOW OF ICE 6 6 eee eee eee eee eee ees 9 26 Cruise control if so equipped 0 ees 5 19 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 27 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Closely supervise children
188. hin the normal range when the reading is within the zone 1 shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions 2 6 Instruments and controls A CAUTION If the gauge indicates a coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease the temperature If the gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the ve hicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section for immediate action required ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE if so equipped The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys tem oil pressure while the engine is running When the engine speed is high the engine oil pressure is also high When the engine speed is low the gauge may indicate low oil pressure A CAUTION This gauge is not designed to indicate low engine oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section If the gauge needle does not move with the proper amount of engine oil have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Continued vehicle operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine Instruments and controls 2 7 or Anti lock Braking System Low tire pressure warning light Cruise SET
189. how much weight the tire from sidewall edge to side each tire can support You may not wall edge find this information on all tires be 3 Two digit number 65 This number cause It is not required by law known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX XX t 3 DOT t 1 XX t 2 XXX t Example 4 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of Tire Identification Num ber 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 XXX XXXKX t t 5 6 WDI0396 Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Manufac ture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be
190. ich helps defog the windshield The 7 amp 2 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 9 mode automatically turns off allowing out side air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defog ging performance Bi level heating This mode directs air from the side center and the foot outlets 1 Push the 7 amp 2 button to the off position 9 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the Ka position 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position When the 7 position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light will not illuminate In this position the A C cannot be turned off When the air flow control is turned to any position other than or the A C light will illuminate the A C will continue operating and can be turned off using the A C button This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The mode automatically turns off allowing out side air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defog ging performance Op
191. icle 2 Lift to remove The high mounted stop light must be properly reinstalled before driving your vehicle Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electri cal conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels Appearance and care 7 3 e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coa
192. ight goes off For bulb replacement procedures refer to Exte rior and interior lights in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 36 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments OVS ge eee ee tae ee T eet E E T eeu eees 3 2 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system keys 3 2 Intelligent keys if so equipped 0 00s 3 3 DOO 22 sac herd eke eked cate eee eee ec Eee pees 3 4 LOCKING with key 2c cau ceceeexvexeenteeeeneeeeuss 3 4 Locking with inside lock knob 005 3 5 Locking with power door lock switch f so equipped aeanaceescnsesckeneseuernaenenses 3 5 Child safety rear door lock 0 cece eens 3 6 Remote keyless entry system models without Intelligent Key system if so equipped n annuun eres aseedaneretam esas 3 6 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 7 Intelligent Key system if so equipped 3 10 Operating range onc nec ace avowed wat agement Sx 3 11 Door locks unlocks precaution 4 3 12 Intelligent Key operation 0 cece eee eee 3 12 How to use the remote keyless entry WINCUON an a E E P oueerhancarereeaaeesss 3 16 Warning lights and audible reminders 3 19 Warning Signals sss oid wacetdewecetueeerees eect 3 19 Troubleshooting guide 622 cccceuey derinecreence 3 21 COG aers aE EA E AEEA EE 3 22 TP a E E E EEE 3 22 Trunk lid release switch 00 ccc eee eee 3
193. ight goes out CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped ACCELIRES g 1 COAST SET l 2 i 4 ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch CANCEL switch 4 ON OFF switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL lf the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to warn the driver w N gt f the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control switch off and have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system use the following proce dures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident A CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off imme diately Failure to do so may cause engine damage CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH
194. ilt the sunroof up The sunroof will stop when the switch is released or when the sunroof reaches the maximum tilt position To tilt the sunroof down push and hold the switch toward DOWN OPEN The sunroof will stop when the switch is released or when the sunroof is fully closed AWARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open sunroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the sunroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the sunroof is closing A CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the sunroof before opening Do not place heavy objects on the sun roof or surrounding area Restarting the sunroof switch The sunroof switch may not operate properly and need to be restarted if any of the following con ditions have occurred the battery terminal has been disconnected the sunroof has been manually moved the sunroof motor has been removed and reinstalled after the sunroof has been repo sitioned or adjusted the sunroof glass panel has been adjusted or changed or the electrical supply interrupted and or some malfunction has been detected Use the following reset procedure to return sun roof operation to normal 1 Press LS until it stops and then release the switch 2 Push and hold lt The sunroof panel will begin to move in about 10 seconds
195. imals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Oe Se WHA0470 Fan control dial Air recirculation button Temperature control dial Air flow control dial Rear window defroster Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 7 LHA0440 Type B Fan control dial Air recirculation button Temperature control dial Air conditioner button if so equipped Air flow control dial Rear window defroster CONTROLS Fan control dial DO RWN The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control dial The air flow control dial allows you to select the air flow outlets MAX Air flows from center and side A C vents with maximum cooling air 7 conditioning if so equipped s4 Air flows from center and side ventilators Air flows from center and side ventilators and foot outlets 4 Air flows mainly from foot outlets 4 8 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 Air flows from defroster outlets and foot outlets Y Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Air recirculation button NOTE
196. imum weight of 2 000 Ib 909 kg You may add Class trailer hitch equipment that has a 2 000 Ib 909 kg maximum weight rating to the vehicle but your vehicle is only capable of towing the maximum trailer weights shown in the Towing Load Specification Chart earlier in this section A CAUTION Do not use axle mounted hitches The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sys tem brake system etc to install a trailer hitch To reduce the possibility of additional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practical remove the hitch and or receiver when not in use After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the passenger compartment Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted Tire pressures When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturer s specifications Safety chains Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the
197. inary key A CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key slot Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 DOORS AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPDO349 Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY Manual To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle 1 To unlock turn the key toward the rear LPDO240 Power if so equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the vehicle security system the power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front 4 of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds un locks all doors
198. ine The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully de pressed Intelligent Key system models Slowly PUSH ON the ignition switch When the Intelligent Key system warning light iy in the meter illuminates in green the ignition switch can be turned Starting and driving 5 9 The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignition switch When the Intelligent Key system warning light amp in the meter blinks in red and the inside warning buzzer emits a short beep be sure that the selector lever is in the P Park position and the ignition switch is securely returned to the LOCK position The Intelligent Key system warning light blinking in red turns off by per forming the following operations Return the ignition switch to the LOCK position Turn the ignition switch to the ACC posi tion When the buzzer beeps 4 times continu ously check for the following The ignition switch is returned to the LOCK position The mechanical key is not inserted into the ignition switch The inside warning buzzer stops when one of the following is performed Return the ignition switch to the LOCK position 5 10 Starting and driving Remove the mechanical key from the ig nition switch Close the doors Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine star
199. ing a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Front facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 pounds 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Front facing child re straints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a front facing child restraint AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicl
200. ing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact Tweddle Litho Company 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Drive Strongsville OH 44149 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Drive Strongsville OH 44149 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone num ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representa tive will assist you Also available are genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insurance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Technical and consumer information 9 27 Insist on the use of genuine NISSAN collision parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original e
201. ion inhibitors Additional engine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineralized or distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions or coolant colors such as or ange may damage the engine cooling system Genuine Demineralized NISSAN Long or distilled Life Antifreeze water Coolant or equivalent Outside temperature down LDI0537 Type A CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level A If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening
202. ion sensor pressure sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an acci dent See Front Passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag inflates Sit upright and well back Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags side air bags or curtain side impact air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and chil dren should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your chil
203. ire size 2 2 02 20002 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY amp amp ea cme gH i oa Re Window washer fluid Windows Locking passengers windows Manual windows Power rearwindows Power windows 0 45 Rear power windows Windshield wiper and washer switch Wiper Windshield wiper and washer switch Wiper blades 10 7 MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL MR20DE and QR25DE engine except Spec V Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 QR25DE engine Spec V only Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at lease 87 AKI Research octane number 91 can be used but only under the following precau tions have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium as soon as possible avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel eration However for maximum vehicle perfor mance the use of unleaded premium gaso line is recommended A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission contro
204. irror if so equipped detosier SWiCReerisracsrer easy endie eri eie dears 2 19 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 19 Headlight control SwitCh s2 c6s secneteiewenes 2 19 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 20 Instrument brightness control 005 2 21 T ri Signal SWIC ssi sdrar ct eed cece ee eee ee cat 2 21 Fog light switch if so equipped 85 2 21 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 22 PIOUS T E E E E oeaeteernet oes E E e 2 22 Power QUIICL of sssssdisnni sardinia naie EET 2 23 SOGE eyrin ARERR EINER SREK S EERS AREFE 2 23 Map poekel toe eeautse dat ease eee gee deceees 2 25 Storage WAYS sence avy ire praa 2 24 Instrument panel storage if so equipped 2 24 Seatback pockets if so equipped 2 25 Sunglasses holder c cece eee eee eas 2 25 CUS NOIICS ace aceacencaducareeesas nue esses ue 2 26 GOVE OX ETETE EET wees Beene yates een a eee 2 27 Oel io EEE EEE 2 27 Compact disc holder if so equipped 2 27 Trunk divider if so equipped 0008 2 28 Cargo net if so equipped 00 eee ees 2 29 WVINOOWS cariere eire iao E eanee eke 2 30 Power windows if so equipped 055 2 30 Manual WINDOWS ui2tsedesiuneectanter ebeueca 2 32 Sunroof if so equipped 0 cece eee ees 2 32 EICCHIC SUMOO suntetenssec ertaucewseoeeeeens 2 32 PLCHOR NOI 2 coerce gee Seep ec e
205. just the hour 3 Press the AUDIO CLOCK button again until the minutes flash in the display screen then press the TUNE button or A to adjust the minutes 4 Press the AUDIO CLOCK button again to exit the clock set mode FM AM radio operation FM AM band select Pressing the RADIO button will change the band as follows AM FM When the RADIO button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO button is pressed the compact disc will auto matically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception v A TUNE button Press the TUNE button or for manual tuning 4 22 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems To move quickly through the channels press and hold either the or amp button v A SEEK tuning button Press the SEEK button or amp to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcasting station RPT SCAN tuning button Press the RPT SCAN button to stop at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds SCAN will illuminate in the display while scan tuning Press ing the RPT SCAN button again during this 5 second period will
206. kg can be placed in a forward 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recom mends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 feet 9 inches 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 36 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoul der belt in the child s seating position fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle por tion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it com
207. l or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter pre scription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco hol drugs or some other physical condition Starting and driving 5 5 IGNITION SWITCH AWARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury 5 6 Starting and driving INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Key system can operate the igni tion switch without taking the key out from your pocket or purse The operating environment and or condition
208. l be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used 7 6 Appearance and care Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the under
209. l system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See Engine oil and oil filter recommendation in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual TIRE COLD PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the BREAK IN SCHEDULE information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Follow these recommendations for the future re liability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life QUICK REFERENCE ON OO OF BP WBN Se aS m wW s Ol Window washer fluid 8 14 Engine coolant 8 8 Engine oil 8 9 Passenger supplemental air bag 1 41 Driver supplemental air bag 1 41 Fuel recomme
210. l the lock lever up to lock the steering wheel in place A WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments SUN VISORS To block out glare from the front swing down the sun visor 4 To block glare from the side remove the sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side VANITY MIRRORS if so equipped To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and flip open the mirror cover Some vanity mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the mirror Cover is open MIRRORS OUTSIDE MIRRORS AWARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects REARVIEW MIRROR Electric control type if so equipped The night position reduces glare from the The outside mirror remote control only operates headlights of vehicles behind you at night when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Use the day position when driving in daylight position hours Rotate the control lever to select the right or left mirror Adjust the mirror to the desired position by A WARNING moving the control lever Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear vie
211. ld s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0454 Front passenger position 6 Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point seat belt with retractor earlier in this section OFF LRSO722 Type A 7 lf the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat turn the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light or Aa may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Type B LRS0316 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the driver and passenger supplemental front air bags NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and pre tensioner seat belts Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN advanced air bag system can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Supplemental side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvic area of the driver a
212. le fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap SERVICE properly may cause the ENGINE mal function indicator light MIL to illumi SERVICE nate If the ENGINE light illuminates be cause the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ENGINE light should turn off after a few driving trips If the ENGINE light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see the Malfunction indicator light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section earlier in this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 STEERING WHEEL TILT OPERATION Push the lock lever f down and adjust the steering wheel up or down 2 to the desired position Pul
213. lick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped AWARNING Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be se riously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury e Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension
214. light comes on be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key Audible reminder and warning when locking the doors When the chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle check for the following The ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position The Intelligent Key is not left inside the ve hicle The selector lever is in the P position Audible reminder and warning when the engine stops When the P position selecting warning light P in the instrument panel blinks in red Make sure the selector lever is in the P position When the chime sounds intermittently Make sure the selector lever is in the P position and the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position If the chime sounds continuously when the driv er s door is opened check the following The selector lever is in the P position and the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK posi tion The mechanical key is not inserted into the ignition switch The warning chime may stop when one of the following is performed Returning the ignition switch to the LOCK position Removing the mechanical key Closing the doors Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 Alarm and warning when the engine Starts When the Intelligent Key system warning light 6 blinks red and the outside buzzer sounds make sure the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments Warni
215. lorate BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Visteon 2006 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information a
216. ls Security indicator 2 14 light 14 Turn signal hazard 2 indicator lights 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AS nt ae E EE EE hace eee Semen eeeaceds 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Rear folding seat system if so equipped 1 3 Head restraint adjustment 0 00 eee eee 1 7 Active Head Restraint front seats 05 1 8 Sede n aun tsacesereeeeceneds EEE E es 1 9 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 9 Onil Safely ieran mea eE EEAS 1 11 Pregnani WOMEN saciceienevace siete keaveewasars 1 13 Injured persons nc2c ncxncdeeemeew es saeedensece ss 1 13 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 13 Three point type seat belt with retractor Rear center seat all models except SE R 1 15 Three point type seat belt with retractor SE R rear center Seat 0 cece eee eee eee eee 1 19 Shoulder belt height adjustment Front Seals 2 ccc eu reann cemdeeret anne ooeaw ens 1 21 Seat belt extenders ccc eee eee nann 1 292 Seat belt maintenance 00 cee eee eee 1 22 Child eStalntS scan oivntdinwesdden soawae ens eeeeees 1 22 Precautions on child restraints 5 1 22 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH ecvecuecwiapaciweuenrecewede es 1 24 Top tether strap child restraint 0 1 26 Child restraint installation using LATCH
217. make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession be fore operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been de tected by the Intelligent Key system Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the vehicle lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system When the driver s side door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed the lock will automatically unlock and the door buzzer sounds 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments A CAUTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the rear parcel shelf When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the glove box or a storage bin When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the door pockets When the Intelligent Key is placed on or under the spare tire area When the Intelligent Key is placed in side or near metallic materials The lockout protection may function when the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle but it is too close to the vehicle Unlocking doors 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Push the door ha
218. mation service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band Cur rently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 Station name such as The Groove Music or programming type such as Clas sical Country or Rock Artist and song information If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed Compact disc CD player operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the com pact disc was playing pressing the POWER VOLUME control knob will start the compact disc CD AUX button When the CD AUX button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD AUX button is pressed with the compact disc loaded but the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 27 lt gt TUNE Rewind and Fast Forward button When the TUNE bu
219. ments Silencing the horn beep feature If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the Intelligent Key To deactivate Press and hold the and 4 buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered P position selecting warning light 2 Intelligent Key system warning light WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS The Intelligent Key system is equipped with a function that is designed to minimize improper operations and to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen The warning buzzer sounds and the warning light illuminates when improper opera tions are detected A CAUTION When the buzzer sounds and the warning light illuminates be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning light comes on in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or the warning
220. mined using the factory equipped tires Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the pos sibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and perfor mance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING e After rotating th
221. mped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on the top of the ball Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight 9 20 Technical and consumer information The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Ball mount The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver Choose a proper class ball mount based on the trailer weight Additionally the ball mount should be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the ground Sway control device Sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles can affect trailer han dling Sway control devices may be used to help control these affects If you choose to use one contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway control device will work with the vehicle hitch trailer and the trailer s brake sys tem Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the sway control device Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a max
222. mperature when the air conditioner system is on turn off the air conditioner Coolant heat can be additionally vented by opening the windows switching the fan control to high and setting the temperature control to the HOT position Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle s first 500 miles 805 km For the first 500 miles 805 km that you do tow do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Maintenance Schedule in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow This combination will help stabilize the ve hicle Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes 2 When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road ina safe area 3 Try to
223. mple do not change the front seats by placing mate rial near the seatbacks or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Pre tensioner seat belt system Front seats AWARNING The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation It must be re placed together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if nec essary replaced by your NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activation of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt operati
224. n a safe and prudent manner according to traffic con ditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine when the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points to C Al low the engine to idle until the gauge needle points between the C and H normal oper ating temperature 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 10 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 60 MPH 86 96 km h for at least 9 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds 6 Repeat steps 4 through 5 at least 10 times 7 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 min utes 8 Stop the vehicle Place the transmission se lector lever in the P Park or N Neutral position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 8 at least one more time If steps 1 through 7 are interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is accept able between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed EVENT DATA RECORDERS Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of computers that monitor and control a num ber of systems to optimize performance and help service technicians with diagno sis and repair Some of the computers monitor emission control systems braking systems
225. n f Air Temp Air flow recirculation control button control control HOT RIGHT Heating amp Defrosting Defogging Air passed through heater core Temperature Air flow control dial control dial control dial T f AfG gas 10 OFF lt gt Hl g38 3 Air recirculation Air conditioner button button HOT FF Air recirculation button Air flow Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 13 Cooling if so equipped Cl Air not passed through heater Temperature Air flow control dial control dial control dial Air recirculation Air conditioner button button Air Fan aerenlsten A C Temp Air flow control button button control control COLD LEFT 4 14 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditio
226. n is flashed during scan mode The scan mode is canceled once it scans through all the tracks on the disc or if the RPT SCAN button is pressed during the scan mode CD AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cas sette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop com puters Press the CD AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 23 CD EJECT When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When the amp button is pressed while the c RJ compact disc is playing the compact disc will eject and the system will turn off CD IN indicator F MEC l 15 PRESS This amp indicator appears on the display when 1 ae a CD is loaded with the system on m 13 i RAD WHAO690 1 N pause mute button 6 TUNE CATEGORY button 2 CD insert slot 7 AUDIO button Bass Mid Treble 3 CD eject button Fade Balance SSV if so equipped 4 MIX RPT button Beep and Language 5 CLOCK DISP button 8 AUX jack 4 24 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 9 POWER VOLUME control knob 10 SCAN button 11 Station select 1 6 buttons 12 SEEK CHANNEL button 13 RADIO button 14 CD AUX button 15 PRESET A
227. n the system The system is capable of storing a different speaker adaptation model for memory A and memory B If memory A is available the system will use memory A to store the model If memory A is in use and memory B is available the system will use memory B to store the model If both of the memory locations are in use the system will ask the user to select which memory location should be overwritten Training procedure The procedure for training a voice is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in P Park 3 Press and hold the 4 than 5 seconds 4 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND 4 button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or press the PHONE END MODE button to select a different language 5 Press the 4 button For information on selecting a different lan guage see Choosing a language earlier in this section button for more 4 48 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 6 Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system 7 When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin the press the 4 button 8 The SA mode will be explain
228. nce and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 miles 40 48 km with monaural single chan nel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition t
229. nd front passenger in certain side impact collisions The front seat side impact supplemental side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Supplemental curtain side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the im pact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The curtain side impact air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the driver and front passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finish ers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Sit upright and well back AWARNING The supplemental front air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lo
230. nd other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the grom met seal valve core and cap of the transmitter in vehicles equipped with TPMS at every tire re placement or when reaching the wear limit of the tires Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Wind
231. nd supplemental restraint system emergency locking mode See Child restraints later in this section for more information The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen ger the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Unfastening the seat belts A To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR Rear center seat all models except SE R AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times
232. ndation 9 3 Spare tire 6 2 Seat belts 1 9 Door locks 3 4 Seats 1 2 Fuel filler door release 3 24 Trunk release 3 23 Meters and gauges 2 3 Hood release 3 22 Audio system 4 15 Heater and air conditioner 4 7 G Force gauge if so equipped 2 5 Engine oil pressure gauge if so equipped 2 6
233. ndle request switch 1 3 The hazard warning lights flash once and the outside buzzer sounds once 4 Push the door handle request switch again within 1 minute to unlock all doors If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors that door may not be unlocked Returning the door handle to its original position will unlock the door If the door does not unlock after return ing the door handle push the door handle re quest switch to unlock the door All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch Opening any door Pushing the ignition switch Inserting the mechanical key into the ignition switch The interior light timer illuminates for 30 seconds when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The interior light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by performing one of the follow ing operations Turning the ignition switch to the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the remote controller Switching the room light switch to the OFF position WPD0401 Opening the trunk lid 1 Push the trunk opener request switch for more than 1 second while carrying the Intel ligent Key with you 2 The trunk will unlatch A chime will sound four times 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci
234. ne is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas
235. ne with the transmission in Neu tral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles 805 km of towing may cause damage to internal transmission parts UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance 9 24 Technical and consumer information AWARNING The traction grade
236. ng a booster seat with the seat belts Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat If you must install a booster seat in the WRS0699 LRSO451 Rear center position front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 LRSO0452 Rear outboard position 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If neces sary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the chi
237. ng for low battery power When the Intelligent Key battery is low the Intel ligent Key system warning light will blink green for about 30 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position This warning is to let you know that the battery of the Intelligent Key will run down soon Replace it with a new one Refer to Battery replacement in the Main tenance and do it yourself section NISSAN recommends replacing the battery at a NISSAN dealer Preventing the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle If you lock all doors using the power door lock switch with the Intelligent Key in the vehicle all of the doors unlock immediately and the buzzer will warn you when the door is closed TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE When pushing the door The front door beep sounds for approximately 2 The doorstaat belocked Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle and handle request switch seconds push the door handle request switch The front door beep sounds for approximately 10 The ignition knob is not turned to LOCK Turn the ignition knob to LOCK seconds position The key warning light in the instrument panel blinks in The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you When closing the doors red and the front door warning beep sounds for approximately 3 seconds The front door beep sounds for approximately 3 The Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle Take out the Intellig
238. ng traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 1 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire 2 to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury In case of emergency 6 3 Getting the spare tire and tools 1 Open the trunk Lift the trunk floor carpeting and spare tire cover A Remove the jack and the spare tire as indicated 2 To remove the jack turn the jack screw counterclockwise and lift out 6 4 Incase of emergency Cloth Jack rod to remove Removing bolt on wheel cover if so equipped A CAUTION Do not use your hands to pry off wheel caps or wheel covers Doing so could re sult in personal injury Wheel cover attachment to the wheel is made by one of the wheel lug nuts This wheel lug nut needs to be removed before the wheel cover can be removed from the wheel Jack up point and e Use the correct jack up points Never placing jack use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than O O necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack e Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials e Do not allow passenge
239. ning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and press the POWER VOLUME control knob to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the key should be turned to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal dista
240. nment regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE MR20DE QR25DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Cylinder arrangement 4 cylinder inline 4 cylinder inline Bore x Stroke in mm 3 307 x 3 547 84 0 x 90 1 3 5 x 3 9 89 0 x 100 0 Displacement cu in cm8 121 86 1 997 151 82 2 488 Firing order 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 Idle speed M T CVT in N position Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle No adjustment is necessary Spark plug PLZKAR6A 11 DILKAR6A 11 Spark plug gap Nominal in mm 0 043 1 1 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Technical and consumer information 9 7 WHEELS AND TIRES Wheel type Size Steel 15 x 6 5JJ Aluminum and steel 16 x 6 5JJ Aluminum 17 x 7 0JJ Tire size Spare tire Offset P205 60R15 P205 55R16 P225 45R1 7 T125 70D16 T135 70D17 9 8 Technical and consumer information in mm 1 77 45 1 77 45 1 97 50 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length Overall width Overall height Fro
241. nob and push the head restraint down AWARNING Head restraints should be adjusted prop erly as they may provide significant pro tection against injury in an accident Do not remove them Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT front seats AWARNING Always adjust the head restraints prop erly as specified in this section Failure to do so can reduce the effectiveness of the Active Head Restraint Active Head Restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Al ways wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any accident e Do not attach anything to the head re straint stalks Doing so could impair Active Head Restraint function The Active Head Restraint moves forward utiliz ing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occu pant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the Active Head Restraints as described in this section
242. nt Track Rear Track Wheelbase Gross vehicle weight rat ing Gross axle weight rating Front Rear 15 X 6 5 and 16 X 6 5 inch wheel 17 X 7 0 inch wheel 15 X 6 5 and 16 X 6 5 inch wheel 17 X 7 0 inch wheel Unit in mm MR20DE 179 8 4 567 70 5 1 790 59 5 1 511 59 8 1 519 8 N A 60 8 1 544 N A 105 7 2 685 QR25DE 180 1 4 575 70 5 1 790 59 1 1 501 MT 59 4 1 508 CVT N A 59 4 1 510 N A 60 4 1 534 105 7 2 685 See the F M V S S C M V S S certification label on the center pillar between the driver s side front and rear doors Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specification
243. nt the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control Starting and driving 5 23 AWARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance 5 24 Starting and driving This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS if so equipped AWARNING The Anti lock Braking S
244. nue to be displayed When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 3 Average speed MPH or km h The Average Speed mode shows the average speed since the last reset To calculate the aver age speed driving distance is divided by driving time For approximately the first 30 seconds after a reset or reconnecting the battery cables the display will show Resetting average speed The average speed calculation can be reset to O Press the TRIP INFO button for more than ap proximately 2 seconds Fuel economy MPG or L 100 km The Fuel Economy mode shows the average fuel economy since the last reset For approximately the first 30 seconds and 1 3 mile 600 m after a reset or connecting the battery cables the display will show Resetting fuel economy The fuel economy calculation can be reset to O Press the TRIP INFO button for more than ap proximately 2 seconds 4 4 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Trip time The trip time mode displays the trip time since the last reset The maximum time that can be displayed by the Trip Time screen is 99 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds Resetting trip time The Trip Time calculation can be reset to 0 Press the TRIP INFO button for more than approxi mately 2 seconds CLOCK Th
245. o How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number earlier in this section for more details Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed within the vehicle NOTE The system will not redial the last number dialed by the handset keypad The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the f button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands Help The system announces the avail able commands Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers during a call For example if you were directed to dial an ex tension by an automated system Say
246. o been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Starting and driving 5 3 Additional information For additional information see Low tire pressure e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel The TPMS does not monitor the tire pres WANY Hane pee pee A a A is replaced the TPMS will not function sure of the spare tire oN a H Pressure Monitoring System and the low tire pressure warning light The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle a a Meas EE prox ater areal h l The light will remain on after 1 minute is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 A WARN
247. oad between 10 15 percent of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load be comes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Gross axle weight T11012M Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight GVW Maximum Gross Axle Weight GAW The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or salvage yards To determine the available payload capacity
248. ode push the O D OFF switch again The 2 indicator light will turn off Each time the engine is started or when the selector lever is shifted to any position other than Starting and driving 5 15 D Drive the Overdrive off mode will be auto matically turned off Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs the CVT will not be shifted into the selected driving position If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL may come on to indicate the fail safe mode is activated see Malfunction indicator light MIL in the Instrument and controls sec tion This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds Then turn the switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operat ing condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary 5 16 Starting and driving AWARNING When the high fluid temperature protec tion mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually red
249. of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the MODE button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Memo pad Main Menu Memo Pad Record A Play Delete The Memo Pad records a maximum of 6 voice memos each up to 20 seconds long Record A The system announces Recording and a tone sounds signaling you to begin Speak the information you wish to record clearly When you are done press the 4 or MODE button on the steering wheel A tone sounds and the system announces Memo recorded Another tone sounds to end the VR session If the memo pad is full the system asks if you wish to record over the oldest memo Play The system plays back all the memos in the order of newest to oldest The system ends the VR session If there are no memos recorded the system an nounces No messages to play The system ends the VR session Delete The Delete command erases all memos The system asks you to confirm this action before deleting all memos 4 46 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Setup Main Menu Setup Pair Phone A List Phone Select Phone Change Priority Delete Phone E Select Ringtone F Bluetooth Off Use the Setup command to change o
250. oh one eight setup main menu Delete dial nine seven two six six memo pad delete call seven six three oh one go back call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 49 1 Ensure that the command is valid See List of voice commands earlier in this section 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too System fails to interpret the command correctly met noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker See Speaker adaptation SA mode earlier in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what w
251. on After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational OFF LRSO722 Type A Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some con ditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is nec essary for most effective protection Fail ure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0316 Type B Status light The front passenger air bag status light or X2 is located near the climate controls The light operates as follows Unoccupied passenger s seat The or Xa is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The or Xa illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meet the conditions outlined in this sec tion The light or Xa is OFF to in dicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passeng
252. on Tampering with the pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Work around and on the pre tensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pre tensioner seat belt system If you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The front seat pre tensioner seat belt system activates in conjunction with the supplemental air bag systems Working with the seat belt retrac tor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor These seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts When the pre tensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and aloud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may 1 55 cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After the pre tensioner seat belts
253. on as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the manual transmission into R Reverse or the CVT into P Park 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Reverse or the CVT is shifted into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncomi
254. on to the off position for normal heating 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center ventilators 1 Push the 7 amp 2 button to the off position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the z position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets and outboard vents to defrost defog the win dows 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the Cy position 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to HI and the temperature control lever to the full HOT position When the 7 position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on however the indicator light will not illuminate In this position the A C cannot be turned off When the air flow control is turned to any position other than or amp the A C light will illuminate the A C will continue operating and can be turned off using the A C button This dehumidifies the air wh
255. only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appro priate for level highway driving may have to be reduced for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside Technical and consumer information 9 17 temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating The engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of engine damage could activate and automati cally decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions AWARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving Pull to the side of the road to a safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual A CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties 9 18 Technical and consumer information Total trailer load t Oo oO 6 KA ZN heed Mee Tongue load Tongue load x 100 10 to 15 Total trailer load Tongue load Keep the tongue l
256. ont air bag modules side air bag modules curtain side impact air bag modules pre tensioner seat belts and all related wiring When the ignition key is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag and pre tensioner seat belt systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bag or pre tensioner seat belt systems may not operate properly It must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air b
257. or release air as needed Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 Size Cold Tire Inflation Pressure Front Original Tire P205 60R15 230 kPa 33 PSI P205 55R16 P225 45R1 7 240 kPa 35 PSI Rear Original Tire P205 60R15 230 kPa 33 PSI P205 55R16 P225 45R1 7 240 kPa 35 PSI Spare Tire T125 70 16 420 kPa 60 PSI T135 70D17 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0394 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 7 H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire P215 65R15 95H speed rating 65 15 t t 3 5 WDI0395 Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 4 R The R stands for radial 1 P The P indicates the tire is de 5 Two digit number 15 This number signed for passenger vehicles not all is the wheel or rim diameter in inches tires have this information 6 Two or three digit number 95 This 2 Three digit number 215 This num number is the tire s load index It is a ber gives the width in millimeters of measurement of
258. or a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH system This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer 1 25 LRS0662 LATCH rigid mounted attachment LATCH child restraints generally require the use of a top tether strap See Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation in structions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint See Child restraint installation using LATCH System in this section TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT If the manufacturer of your child restraint requires the use of atop tether strap it must be secured to the anchor point AWARNING Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system VONA NI Top Tether Anchor Point Locations Anchor points are located on the rear parcel shelf BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION AWARNING NISSAN recommends that booster seats be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a booster seat in the front passenger seat move the passenger s seat to the rearmost position A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt auto matic locking mode when usi
259. osure Statement This equipment complies with FCC radiation ex posure limits set forth for an uncontrolled envi ronment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 inches 20 cm between the radiator and your body This Transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmit ter USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the amber light on the overhead console illumi nates and the system is ready to accept voice commands If the amp 4 button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will an nounce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be r
260. oth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel 4 4 PHONE SEND Press the 4 button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the 4 button to skip through system feedback and to enter commands during a call See List of voice commands and During a call later in this section for more information Me PHONE END Press the MORE button to cancel a VR session or end a call GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For ad ditional command options refer to List of voice commands later in this section Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the 4 4 than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND 4 4 button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or press the PHONE END MODE button to select a different language 3 Press the MQPE button button for more For information on speaker adaptation see Speaker adaptation SA mode later in this section 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or French in French Use the following chart to select the language NOTE
261. ould cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depress ing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con trolled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment NOTE Engine power may be automatically re duced to protect the CVT if the engine speed increases quickly when driving on slippery roads or while being tested on some dynamometers Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift selector lever out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift selector lever into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion 4 Stop the vehicle completely before shifting the selector lever to the P Park position The CVT is designed so the foot
262. ould reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change Technical and consumer information 9 5 the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the oil NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equiva lents 9 6 Technical and consumer information A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain gover
263. ow washer fluid reservoir periodically Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning light comes on if so equipped To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of win dow washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry When working on or near a battery al Clean the battery with a solution of baking ways wea
264. peed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will en sure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control Starting and driving 5 17 MR20DE engine models GEAR 1st 2nd 3rd Ath 5th 6th QR25DE engine models GEAR 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th MPH km h 27 44 49 79 68 109 MPH km h 33 53 53 86 75 121 5 18 Starting and driving PARKING BRAKE AWARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident To engage Pull the lever up To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the N Neutral position Automatic transmission models Move the shift selector lever to the P Park position 3 While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower com pletely 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning l
265. plies with Fed eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as pos sible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion
266. ption is available and NO 1 LOAD button 7 AUDIO button Bass Mid Treble SAT i T ap button E Bal V if pressed unless optional satellite receiver an CD n n ie oes h so equipped antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS 4 MIX RPT 5 A 8 Ane k guag satellite radio service subscription is active Sat 5 CLOCK Bice i i 9 Ba EA MOUIME PETEERE ellite radio not available in Alaska Hawaii and l il Guam 6 TUNE CAT FOLDER button 10 SCAN button Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 29 Audio main operation POWER VOLUME control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then push the POWER VOLUME control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off POWER VOLUME control knob Turn the POWER VOLUME control knob to ad just the volume press the This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes AUDIO button Bass Mid Treble Fade Balance SSV Beep and Press the Language AUDIO button to change the mode as follows Bass Mid Treble Fade Balance Speed Sense Volume if so equipped Beep ON OFF Language Audio or OFF Bass To adjust Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the AUDIO button until the desired mode appears in the display Press the TU
267. ptions as sociated with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Pair phone Use the Pair Phone command to pair a phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System NOTE The pairing procedure must be performed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Also see Pairing procedure earlier in this section for additional information Up to 5 phones can be paired If you try to pair a sixth phone the system announces that you must first delete one phone or replace an existing phone If you try to pair a phone that has already been paired to your vehicle s system the system an nounces the name the phone is already using The pairing procedure will then be cancelled When prompted by the system choose from the following commands New phone Refer to Pairing a phone earlier in this section Replace phone The system announces the names of the phones already paired and asks which you would like to replace Once you say the name of the phone you wish to replace the pairing procedure will begin Refer to Pairing procedure earlier in this section List phone See the description below List phone Use the List Phone command to hear the names of the phones currently paired If no phones are paired the system announces No paired phones to list The system then ends the VR ses
268. put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES AWARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than t
269. r cap P 8 9 Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reser voir M T model P 8 13 Battery P 8 15 Air cleaner P 8 18 Fuse fusible link box P 8 21 Radiator cap P 8 8 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 Drive belt location P 8 16 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 14 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS light J KEY i p T AniHock Braking 2 9 Intelligent Key sys 2 10 Continuously Vari tem warning light if able Transmission System ABS warn ped CVT tion indi ing light if so SO equippe position indi equipped D Low fuel warning light Brake warning light cator light CRUISE main or switch indicator light Low tire pressure 2 11 if so equipped warning light if so equipped Cruise SET switch 12 indicator light if so equipped Charge warning light 2 9 7 Low windshield a Gata washer fluid warning Front passenger air light if so equipped Door open warning aeueo light P position selecting 2 SHIT warning light CVT 2 9 Electric power 2 10 models if so ng A equipped High beam indicator 2 13 a light blue Ki Seat belt warning 2 12 ight blue Engine oil pressure 2 10 light and chime SERVICE gir i a NGI Malfunction indica 2 13 warning li N i 2 Supplemental air 2 12 tor light MIL bag warning light Illustrated table of contents 0 9 Indicator light Overdrive off indica tor light CVT mod e
270. r fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag Use the recommended viscosity engine oil See Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tion in Technical and consumer informa tion later in this manual Starting and driving 5 21 PARKING
271. r hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the sunroof 2 34 instruments and controls When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof as it moves to the front the sunroof will immediately open backward When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof as it tilts down the sunroof will immedi ately tilt up If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re peats opening or tilting up the sunroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens the sunroof will fully close gradu ally Make sure nothing is caught in the sunroof Sunshade Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for ward or backward If the sunroof does not close Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the sunroof INTERIOR LIGHT The interior light has a three position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position 4 the interior light illuminates regardless of door posi tion When the switch is in the center O position the interior light illuminates by opening a door The interior light will stay on for about 30 seconds when The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the lock unlock switch while all doors are closed and the key is removed from the ignition switch The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from
272. r lever to N Neutral CVT To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch 5 20 Starting and driving Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and en sure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in short ened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed eithe
273. r of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See loading infor mation in the Technical and con sumer information section Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recom mended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best bal ance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section Spare tire size if so equipped Checking tire pressure f Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add
274. r pause the audio sound press the pause mute button Press the button again to resume the au dio sound FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM SAT band select Pressing the RADIO button will change the band as follows AM FM gt SAT satellite if so equipped 4 26 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems When the RADIO button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played No satellite radio reception is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS sat ellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If satellite radio is not operational then the RADIO button is used to toggle between AM and FM bands If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO button is pressed the compact disc will auto matically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception lt gt TUNE tuning button To manually tune the radio press the TUNE button 4 or gt To move
275. r suitable eye protection and soda and water remove all jewelry Make certain the terminal connections are Battery posts terminals and related ac 4 clean and securely tightened cessories contain lead and lead com Ifthe vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or eee Wu elites Ea eek longer disconnect the negative battery e Keep battery out of the reach of terminal cable to prevent discharge children A WARNING Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas gener ated by the battery is explosive Do not WDI0224 allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention 1 Remove the battery caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce bat tery life and in some cases lead to an explosion Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself Vehicles operated
276. radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception lt gt TUNE tuning button To manually tune the radio press the TUNE button 4 or gt To move quickly through the channels press and hold either the lt or gt button i ml SEEK tuning button Press the SEEK button M or PI for less than 1 5 seconds to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stop at the next broad casting station SCAN tuning button Press the SCAN button to stop at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop scan tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 31 station Ifthe SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds scan tuning moves to the next station PRESET A B C Station memory opera tions 18 stations can be set for the FM AM and SAT satellite if so equipped radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of FM AM or SAT stations 1 Choose preset bank A B or C using the PRESET A B C select button 2 Select the desired FM AM or SAT station band 3 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until
277. raints move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake and clutch fluid levels Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservorr 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engi
278. rally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any unit is damaged dollies must be used Always attach safety chains before towing In case of emergency 6 11 For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual SCE0199A TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving front wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated 6 12 Incase of emergency A CAUTION Never tow Continuously Variable Trans mission CVT models with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is nec essary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels When towing Continuously
279. re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake and clutch fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the key is turned to the ON 8 position See Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 CVT model Move the shift selector lever to P Park or N Neutral P Park is recommended The shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift selector lever is in any of the driving positions Manual transmission model Move the shift lever to N Neutral Depress the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking the eng
280. ress the POWER VOLUME control knob Turn the POWER VOLUME control knob to ad just the volume AUDIO CLOCK button Bass Treble Fade Balance Beep Press the AUDIO CLOCK button to change the mode as follows Bass Treble Fade Balance Beep ON OFF Audio or OFF Bass To adjust Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the AUDIO CLOCK button until the desired Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 21 mode appears in the display Press the TUNE button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the TUNE button to adjust Fader and Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the Beep to ON or OFF press the TUNE button up or down This will enable or disable the beep sound heard during menu se lection Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO CLOCK button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reap pears Otherwise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 5 seconds Clock operation Press the AUDIO CLOCK button to display the clock when the radio is off Clock set 1 Press and hold the AUDIO CLOCK button for more than 2 seconds to enter the clock set mode 2 Press the AUDIO CLOCK button until the hour flashes in the display screen then press the TUNE button or 4 to ad
281. ressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The label is located as shown t m WTI0178 AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is affixed to the underside of the hood as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE Use the following steps to mount the front license plate Slide the metal mounting clips onto the li cense plate holder as indicated 2 Make holes on the plastic finisher at the location mark small dimple using a 0 31 in 8 mm drill Apply light pressure to the drill Install the license plate holder using the two screws provided with the holder 3 Mount the license plate using two M6 14mm bolts License plate bolt tightening torque 3 8 4 7 ft lb 5 10 6 37 N m Technical and consumer information 9 13 VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emer
282. restart the vehicle P is pre ferred Move the shift selector lever to P Park to park the vehicle and turn the igni tion key to the LOCK position to remove the key P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from the N Neutral or any drive po sition to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then shift the selector lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use this position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting R Reverse position R Reverse speed is limited to 25 MPH 40 km h Do not exceed 25 MPH 40 km h in the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving L Low Use this position for maximum engine braking on steep downhill gradients climbing steep slopes and w
283. rning it to the ON or START posi tion locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing the interior light switch to the OFF position Auto relock When the M button onthe keyfob is pushed all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is per formed Any door is opened A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the key is turned from OFF to ON 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments Releasing the trunk lid Push the button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 second to open the trunk lid The trunk release button on the keyfob will not operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pushing and holding the O button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 second The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds The panic alarm stops when jit has run for 25 seconds or any button is pushed on the keyfob Using the interior light Pushthe button onthe keyfob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior light in the Instruments and controls section earlier in this manual LPD0262 Silencing the horn beep feature If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the keyfob To deactivate Press and hold the and 4 buttons for at least 2 seconds
284. rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it If the battery of a vehicle equipped with the Intelligent Key system is dis charged the ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position even using the mechanical key or the valet key Connect the jumper cables to an other vehicle as in the case of a dis charged battery and then the ignition knob can be moved from the LOCK po sition Then jump start the vehicle Vehicle being jump started A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive J and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and t
285. rs are yellow and Orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropri ate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system a G ST Supplemental side impact air bag and curtain side impact air bags system The supplemental side impact air bags are lo cated in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain side impact air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guide lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the infor mation cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar 1 53 to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag operation When the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke
286. rs to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Jacking up vehicle and removing the Never run the engine with a wheel s off damaged tire the ground It may cause the vehicle to move AWARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change In case of emergency 6 5 by hand Always refer to the proper illustrations for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and Jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 6 6 Incase of emergency Raise the vehicle Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on firm and level ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands Care
287. s Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the When a non MP3 file has been given an extension of MP3 or mp3 or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there will be approximately 5 next song when playing seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order 4 20 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems ge ie SEEK button CD insert slot CD eject button TUNE button AUDIO CLOCK button RPT SCAN ta y AUX KO N I A _ T lt amp qq k LHA0689 RPT SCAN button AUX IN jack POWER VOLUME control knob Station select 1 6 buttons RADIO button 11 CD AUX button 12 PRESET A B C button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions earlier in this section Audio main operation POWER VOLUME control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then press the POWER VOLUME control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off p
288. s etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is Opened during this period of about 45 sec onds power to the windows is canceled 2 30 Instruments and controls oo Sey gt Window lock button Power door lock switch Front passenger s side window switch Right rear passenger s window switch Left rear passenger s window switch Driver s side automatic switch Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the front and rear passenger windows To open a window push the switch to the first detent and continue to hold it down until the desired window position is reached To close a window pull the switch to the first detent and continue to hold up until the desired window position is reached Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push the switch to t
289. s and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch systems The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability Be sure to clean the filler cap before removing A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 CLUTCH FLUID Check the clutch fluid level in the reservoir manual transmissions only Add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDOW WASHER FLUID WINDOW WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the wind
290. s may affect the Intelligent Key system operation A CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle If the vehicle battery is discharged the ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position and if the steering lock is engaged the steering wheel cannot be moved Charge the battery as soon as possible See JUMP START ING in the In case of emergency sec tion of this manual WSDO0041 Without Intelligent Key system LSDO175 With Intelligent Key system CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position When moving the ignition switch to the LOCK position to remove the key from the igni tion switch make sure the selector lever is in the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position 1 Shift the selector lever to the P Park posi tion 2 Turn the ignition switch slightly in the ON direction 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 4 Remove the key if it is inserted in the ignition switch If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK posi tion the selector lever cannot be moved from the P Park position The shift selector lever can be moved if the ignition swit
291. s may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown MR20DE engine QR25DE engine ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully 9 12 Technical and consumer information t WT10188 EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire p
292. s of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second ID3 tag The ID3 tag is the part of the encoded MP3 file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 17 Playback order Playback order of the CD with compressed files MP3 is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 files are not shown in the display lf there is a file in the top level of the disc ROOT is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order am FOLDER MP3 WHA0543 Playback order chart 4 18 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Apple ISO Romeo Joliet SO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported pee ea MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 Supported geom Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Bitrate o rate 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1
293. s to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly ap plies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake p
294. s when it is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant classification sensor and the belt tension detected on the seat belt the advanced air bag system determines whether the front pas senger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as required by the regulations Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improperly uses the seat belt in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to oper
295. se 4 Close the lid securely as illustrated 5 Operate the buttons to check its operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb Be cause the headlight assembly must be removed from the vehicle for bulb replacement see your NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer e Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed Only touch the plastic base when han dling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could sig nific
296. seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illu minate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the vehicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and do
297. sed to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid 6 10 In case of emergency PUSH STARTING A CAUTION Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing The three way catalyst may be damaged e Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage For manual transmission models never try to start the vehicle by towing it When the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Park CVT Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner if so equipped Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temp
298. shield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found later in this sec tion Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Continuously Variable Transmission CVT P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head rest
299. sion Select phone Use the Select Phone command to select a phone of lesser priority when two or more phones paired with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem are in the vehicle at the same time The system asks you to name the phone and confirm the selection Once the selection is confirmed the selected phone remains active until the ignition switch is turned OFF or you select a new phone Change priority Use the Change Priority command to change the priority level of the active phone The priority level determines which phone is ac tive when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level 1 2 3 4 5 If the new priority level is already being used for another phone the two phones will swap priority levels For example if the current priority levels are Priority Level 1 Phone A Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone C and you change the priority level of Phone C to Level 1 then Priority Level 1 Phone C Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone A Delete phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a specific phone or all phones from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System The system announces the names of the phones already paired with the system and their priority level The system then gives you the option to delete a specific phone all
300. sioner seat belt system or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct supplemental air bag and pre tensioner seat belt sys tem disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 57 MEMO 1 58 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls hst ment DAN Cle tetiecesedeen cp euensoe teaeeds suet 2 2 Meters and gauges scnncsdcentnses pepaeer sueereanes 2 3 Speedometer and odometer 00ceeeaees 2 3 TACHOMGIGl co cso cee es adind 4 cee Sey eteseas seaees 2 4 G Force gauge if so equipped 6005 2 5 Fadel Gauge aucguet ne sdetteere sees eebiudenseuss 2 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Engine oil pressure gauge if so equipped 2 6 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 8 Checking DUDS cc cderenegetuseraeeesaaenesens 2 8 Waming MOMS cics repue erer arer ee case sass 2 9 mdicator NOINS esiars sri not wee eee Saeed eneteked 2 13 Audible reminders 00 ccc eee eens 2 14 Security systems if so equipped 000 ee 2 15 Vehicle security system if so equipped 2 15 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 2 16 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 18 Switch Operation x1466 bans tween eeeiersnaeeanns 2 18 Rear window and outside m
301. so result in failure of other vehicle components Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level e Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped with high speed rated ORIGINAL TIRE SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE LO TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION TAILLE ORIGINAL PRESSION DES PNEUS FROIDS PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT TIRE PNEU FRONT P XXX XXR xY YYY LDa YY nels FRONT x AAN SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL AVANT AREAR L P XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX psi NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL ARRIERE Roue oF secouls T XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX psi THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION POUR D AUTREII DETAILS SE REPORTER AU MANUEL DU CONDUCTEUR tires Driving faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire fail ure loss of control and possible injury For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XX kg OR XX Ibs LE POIDS COMBINE D OCCUPANTS ET DE CARGAISON NE DEVRAIT JAMAIS EXCEDER XX kg OU XX Ibs Tire and loading information label D Seating capacity The maximum num be
302. stop the scan tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the RPT SCAN button is not pressed within 5 sec onds scan tuning moves to the next station Station memory operations 18 stations can be set for the FM and AM radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of AM or FM stations 1 Press the PRESET A B C button to change between storage banks The radio displays the icon A B or C to indicate which set of presets are active 2 Tune to the desired station using manual TUNE or SEEK tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pressed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner lf the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is auto matically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD AUX button When the CD AUX button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the compact disc
303. t For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 4 0 Illustrated table of contents Airbags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 instrument paneke ccreriirirkiheeuere nonkaa ki 0 6 S e T IE E E T E ET 0 3 Engine compartment check locations 0 7 S o leolst ehaneennsce gauss E AE 0 4 Waming indicator lighis asss ssisecsss aeodnce cence 0 9 Passenger compartment ssssss aeran ee eee eee 0 5 AIRBAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 0 2 Illustrated table of contents RON gt o1 Top tether anchor P 1 26 Rear head restraint P 1 5 Rear seat belts P 1 9 Supplemental curtain side impact air bag P 1 41 Supplemental side impact air bags P 1 41 Front head restraint P 1 7 Front seat belts P 1 9 Supplemental front impact
304. t the compact disc Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm diameter compact discs in the CD changer LOAD button To insert a CD in the CD changer press the load button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading slot by pressing the CD insert select button 1 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer press the load button for more than 1 5 seconds The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate on the display when CDs are loaded into the changer CD AUX button When the CD AUX button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD AUX button is pressed with the compact disc loaded but the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play lt gt TUNE Rewind and Fast Forward button While playing a compact disc without MP3 press the TUNE button lt rewind or gt fast forward the compact disc will play while rewind ing or fast forwarding When the button is re leased the compact disc will return to normal play speed MP3 TUNE al CAT FOLDER button While playing an MP8 press the TUNE button lt 4 or PB to scan forward or back ward through available folders To fast forward or rewind through an audio track press the TUNE button lt or gt _ for more than 1 5 seconds i Gi SEEK button When the SEEK button M is pressed for less t
305. tellite radio station Artist name displays the name of the artist host or weather condition of the selected satellite radio station Song title displays the song title show name or temperature of the selected satel lite radio station Clock operation Pressing the CLOCK DISP button displays the clock with the radio on or off Press the CLOCK DISP button again to turn off the clock display For additional information on setting the clock see Adjusting the time earlier in this section FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM SAT band select Pressing the RADIO button will change the band as follows AM FM lt SAT satellite if so equipped When the RADIO button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played No satellite radio reception Is available when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS sat ellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio can only be installed in vehicles that were factory pre wired for satellite radio Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If satellite radio is not operational then the RADIO button is used to toggle between AM and FM bands If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO button is pressed the compact disc will auto matically be turned off and the last
306. th or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen lt Le If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle Ct omy Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action t t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlor ate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perch
307. the ignition switch while all doors are closed The interior light will turn off while the 30 second timer is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob a key or the lock unlock switch The ignition switch is turned ON When the switch is in the OFF position 2 the interior light does not illuminate regardless of door position Some vehicles are equipped with a battery saver feature that will automatically turn off the interior lights after approximately 10 minutes if doors are open or the interior light switch is in the ON position NOTE If the interior lights are turned off automati cally by the battery saver feature the igni tion key must be turned to the ON position before the interior lights will illuminate again For information regarding the interior light bulb replacement refer to Exterior and interior lights in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery MAP LIGHTS if so equipped To turn the map lights on press the button To turn them off press the button again A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery Instruments and controls 2 35 TRUNK LIGHT The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the l
308. the location The system ac knowledges and asks you for the phone number you would like to store with this location See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number then announces that the entry has been stored The system then ends the VR session Delete Use the Delete command to erase one entry from the phone book all entries from the phone book the current redial number or the current call back number To delete entries from the phone book say a name or All entries when prompted by the sys tem The system acknowledges the command and asks you to confirm the deletion Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 45 To delete the current redial number or call back number say redial number or call back num ber when prompted by the system If a redial number or a call back number exists the system deletes them without asking for confirma tion If there is no number for the entry you are trying to delete the system says so and ends the VR session List names Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback
309. the red zone may cause serious engine damage G FORCE GAUGE if so equipped This gauge shows the straight line acceleration and deceleration G forces while you are driving NOTE The G Force gauge does not indicate cor nering G Forces LIC1016 FUEL GAUGE NOTE The ignition key must be in the ON position for the gauge to give a reading The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty The W indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle CAUTION if the vehicle runs out of fuel SERVICE aire TOT i the ENGINE malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips SERVICE the ENGINE light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information see Mal function indicator light MIL later in this section Instruments and controls 2 5 LIC1020 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE NOTE The ignition key must be in the ON position for the gauge to give a reading The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is wit
310. the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0719 Manual front seat shown Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 1 13 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat belt and the rear three point seat belts have a locking mechanism for child restraint installation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode or child restraint mode When automatic locking mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted Once retracted the seat belt is in the 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts a
311. the temperature control dial to the de sired position Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Push the A C comes on When the Y or amp position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on how ever the indicator light will not illuminate In this position the A C cannot be turned off When the air flow control is turned to any position other than Y or amp the A C light will illuminate the A C will continue operating and can be turned off using the A C button This dehumidi fies the air which helps defog the windshield The TS mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger com partment to further improve the defogging perfor mance button The indicator light 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows and sunroof closed while the air conditioner is in operation After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 minutes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication
312. the wiper replace the blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push the release tab then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove 3 Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place 5 Rotate wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle A This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators Th
313. tification label 9 12 Emission control information label 9 12 Tire and loading information label 9 12 Air conditioner specification label 9 13 Installing front license plate 9 13 Vehicle loading information 2 22seu2sesereeedevedad 9 14 Tete esas ecaawecwer Gecter ee E T E 9 14 Vehicle load capacity lt tccskcve creed ccane es ena 9 14 Loading MDS 4 lt 2 20508 cemenseteten E aerias 9 16 Measurement of weights 20 5 9 16 TOWING a Talleres rascas i tarner nn ees da neeus 9 17 Maximum load IMIS 2222 s0teciessedveurenieurs 9 17 Towing load specification s assss usann 9 20 Towing safety c2 c2ccndececedace se eacdieeonscees 9 20 Pat OWING aces artes oe ote eee cee T eee 9 23 Uniform tire quality grading 2 00 5 9 24 Emission control system warranty 9 25 Reporting safety defects US only 9 25 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 26 Event data TECOMGl Sense cucesxneenstecigvadeceedes 9 27 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 27 In the event of a collision 5 9 27 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be slightly different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper
314. ting to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing 7 4 Appearance and care Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer CLEANING INTERIOR This vehicle has new and unique surfaces on the center console and door pull finishers If cleaning is required use mild soap and water However if mild soap and water won t clean the center con sole and door pull finishers use NISSAN Vinyl and Leather Cleaner or equivalent Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean witha dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather
315. ts but fails to run repeat the above procedure f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turn ing the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather DRIVING THE VEHICLE CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT if so equipped AWARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive or L Low Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so c
316. ttern enabled MP3 MIX RPT mode When the MIX RPT button is pressed while an MP3 compact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Repeat All Repeat Disc Repeat Folder Repeat Track Mix All Disc Mix Disc Mix Folder Repeat All Repeat Disc The disc that is currently playing will be repeated Repeat Folder The folder selected that is cur rently playing will be repeated Repeat Track The track that is currently playing will be repeated Mix All Disc Tracks from all discs will be played randomly Mix Disc Tracks from the disc that is currently playing will be played randomly Mix Folder Tracks from that folder that is cur rently accessed will be played randomly Repeat All All discs will be played normally with no special play pattern enabled SCAN button While listening to a CD press the SCAN button to preview the first 10 seconds of each track on the CD playing Pressing the SCAN button again during this 10 second period stops the scan and the CD remains on that track Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 33 MP3 SCAN mode While listening to an MP3 CD press the SCAN button to preview the first 10 seconds of each file in the current folder The scan will con tinue on to the next folder and files if there is more than one folder on the MP3 CD Pressing the SCAN button again during this 10 second period stops the scan
317. tton 4 or gt IS pressed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while rewinding or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed id Gi SEEK button When the SEEK button I is pressed for less than 1 5 seconds while a compact disc is playing the track being played returns to its beginning Press M button several times to skip back through tracks The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pressed When the SEEK button PI is pressed for less than 1 5 seconds while a compact disc is playing the next track will start to play from its beginning Press Pl button several times to skip through tracks The compact disc will advance the num ber of times the button is pressed When the last track on the compact disc is skipped through the first track will be played MIX RPT mix and repeat button When the MIX RPT button is pressed while the compact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Repeat All Repeat Track Mix All Tracks Repeat All Repeat All the entire disc will be repeated Repeat Track the current track will be repeated Mix All Tracks all tracks will be played randomly SCAN button While listening to a CD press the SCAN button to preview the first 10 seconds of each track on the CD playing Pressing the SCAN button again during this 10 second period stops the scan
318. uced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially care ful when driving If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal op eration or have it repaired if necessary MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so equipped AWARNING e Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Do not over rev the engine when shift ing to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage A CAUTION Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may cause clutch damage Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting depress the clutch pedal fully shift into the appropriate gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage may occur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd 4th and 5th up to 6th
319. utomatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen ger the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Unfastening the seat belts A Tounfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer Center of the rear seat except SER model The rear seat center seat belt has a connector tongue Q and a seat belt tongue Both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt opera tion Safety Seats
320. utton and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender is available which is compatible with the installed seat belts The ex tender adds approximately 8 inches 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance if an extender is required AWARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the Original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the s
321. vertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount Technical and consumer information 9 3 of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu
322. w clarity Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 Manual control type if so equipped The outside mirror can be moved in any direction for a better rear view Heated mirrors Canada only Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility Press the rear window defroster switch to activate the heat ing function Press the switch again to deactivate or the heating function will automatically turn off after approximately 15 minutes 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Control panel buttons if so equipped 4 2 How to use the TRIP INFO button 4 3 Oo caren ee ceeente cut eceecsecuereraeeesends 4 5 How to use the AUDIO button for control panel x2ccvceses veseeeucweaducuesews 4 5 Door WAMING prssssrtere siir seein rE esas 4 6 e e a E E E neten cece ne 4 6 Heater and air conditioner manual 0005 4 7 COMING Ss so oc ccuew ade bes Oe pee a E ORE eee 4 8 Heater operation 0 0c cece eee 4 9 Air conditioner operation if so equipped 4 10 Ar TOW Chai S coc putcneqiencdhexeraneseacenhauk 4 11 Servicing air conditioner s s s asasena 4 14 Audio SVSICIN on sceeeeeencteneeseeneseeesreaseete 4 15 MAGIC ese be oe ocaececeewecetcpereets E ee 4 15 FM radio reception sacversae we seeeveteaeusciee ee 4 15 AM radio reception 20icecccGeaskesessaedidease 4 1
323. wer severity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System if you are unre strained leaning forward sitting side ways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death ina crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The advanced air bag system monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classificat
324. when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the trunk lid closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compart ment If you must drive with the trunk lid open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton if so equipped to off and the fan control dial to 4 high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the trunk lid or the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dation to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicl
325. where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For manual transmission models move the shift lever to N Neu tral For CVT models move the selector lever to P Park Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs Never leave the engine or the CVT re lated component harness connector disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away
326. xacting specifica tions if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty pro tection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit un necessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts of ten show premature wear rust and corrosion 9 28 Technical and consumer information Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authoriz ing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help pro tect you so you can take action to protect your self It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Can
327. y 4 Release the power window switch Operate the window by automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete 5 Perform steps 2 through 4 above for other windows If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the above pro cedure see a NISSAN dealer for assistance 2 32 Instruments and controls MANUAL WINDOWS The side windows can be opened or closed by turning the hand crank on each door SUNROOF if so equipped ELECTRIC SUNROOF This sunroof only operates with the ignition switch in the ON position NOTE If the battery is discharged or is discon nected the sunroof may not operate cor rectly and must be reset From any sunroof position full open partially open closed partially vented and vented push and hold the button in the forward position until the sunroof vents in the full up position This resets the sunroof motor memory and now the sunroof will operate correctly Sliding the sunroof To open the sunroof push and hold the switch toward DOWN OPEN The sunroof will stop when the switch is released or when the sunroof is fully open To close the sunroof push and hold the switch toward UP CLOSE The sunroof will stop when the switch is released or when the sunroof is fully closed Tilting the sunroof Close the sunroof by pushing and holding the switch toward UP CLOSE Release the switch then push and hold the UP CLOSE switch to t
328. y are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated PORS Type A Tuning switch MODE select switch POWER on off switch Volume control switch WHA0693 Type B Tuning switch Phone operation switch POWER on and MODE select switch 4 Volume control switch STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL If so equipped The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel POWER on off switch With the ignition key turned to the ACC or ON position push the POWER switch to turn the audio system on or off oN gt If you have the Type B switch with the ignition key turned to the ACC or ON position push the MODE switch to turn the audio system on MODE select switch Push the mode select switch to change the mode in the following sequence Preset A Preset B Preset C CD AUX This mode is only available when a CD is loaded This mode is only available when a compatible auxiliary device is plugged into the AUX jack Volume control switch Push the volume control switch up or down to increase or decreas
329. y not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result ina collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcoho
330. y system under the following operating conditions 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is low the Intel ligent Key system warning light will blink green for about 30 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as sig nals from a TV and personal computer the bat tery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a bat tery see Battery in the Maintenance and do it yourself
331. your ve hicle model The driver s side floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the footwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing Appearance and care 7 5 CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion wil
332. ystem ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is respon sible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire and Loading Information label in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and help

2007 Sentra Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents